CONTROL SYSTEM

Objective & NAT Questions Bank

“Topic wise Updated up to GATE-2019 & ESE-2019”

(VERSION : 18|10|19)

GATE / ESE
For Electrical (EE), Electronics & Communication (EC), And
Instrumentation Engineering (IN)

Also useful for:

Public Sector Units & State Engineering Service Examination

This booklet contains Topic Wise…..

1. GATE (EC/IN/EE) 33 years of problems (Year 1987 to 2019).
2. ESE (EC/EE) 21 years of problems (Year 1999 to 2019).
3. In-house developed concept building problems.
4. Total around 1500+ numbers of problems.

Product of,

TARGATE EDUCATION
place of trust since 2009...
Copyright © TARGATE EDUCATION
All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form or by any means, electronics, mechanical, photocopying, digital, recording or otherwise
without the prior permission of the TARGATE EDUCATION.

Authors:
Subject Experts @TARGATE EDUCATION

First time in INDIA

1. Online doubt clearance.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/targate.bilaspur/
This Group is Strictly for TARGATE EDUCATION (BILASPUR)
Members and Students. We have to discuss all the subject related doubts here. Just take the
snap shot of the problem and post into the group with additional information.

2. Weekly Online Test series.

https://test.targate.org
More than 60 online test in line with GATE pattern.
Free for TARGATE EDUCATION (BILASPUR) Members and Students
Includes weekly test, grand and mock test at the end.

https://www.facebook.com/targate.education/
For regular technical updates; like new job openings and GATE pattern changes etc.

TARGATE EDUCATION

BILASPUR CENTRE : Ground Floor, Below Old Arpa Bridge, Jabdapara

Road, Sarkanda, Bilaspur (Chhattisgarh) 495001
Phone No: 07752-406380
Web Address: www.targate.org, E-Contact: [email protected]
 SYLLABUS: CONTROL SYSTEM

GATE-2020
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (EE)
Basic control system components; Feedback principle; Transfer function; Block diagram representation;
Signal flow graph; Transient and steady-state analysis of LTI systems; Frequency response; RouthHurwitz
and Nyquist stability criteria; Bode and root-locus plots; Lag, lead and lag-lead compensation; State variable
model and solution of state equation of LTI systems.

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING (EC)

Basic control system components; Feedback principle; Transfer function; Block diagram representation;
Signal flow graph; Transient and steady-state analysis of LTI systems; Frequency response; RouthHurwitz
and Nyquist stability criteria; Bode and root-locus plots; Lag, lead and lag-lead compensation; State variable
model and solution of state equation of LTI systems.

ESE - 2020
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Principles of feedback, transfer function, block diagrams and signal flow graphs, steady-state errors,
transforms and their applications; Routh-hurwitz criterion, Nyquist techniques, Bode plots, root loci, lag,
lead and lead-lag compensation, stability analysis, transient and frequency response analysis, state space
model, state transition matrix, controllability and observability, linear state variable feedback, PID and
industrial controllers.

ELECTRONICS AND TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Classification of signals and systems; Application of signal and system theory; System realization;
Transforms& their applications; Signal flow graphs, Routh-Hurwitz criteria, root loci, Nyquist/Bode plots;
Feedback systems-open &close loop types, stability analysis, steady state, transient and frequency response
analysis; Design of control systems, compensators, elements of lead/lag compensation, PID and industrial
controllers.

Expert Comment
In First glance, above indicated syllabus appears to be far distinct on the basis of branch or examination, but
logically it covers the same portion apart from the few differences. Hence this book is equally useful in any
of the scenario. This booklet contains GATE(EC/IE/EE) 30 years problem including last 24 years
IES(EC/EE),and in-house developed concept building problems.
Note: Basic focus of the booklet is to cater the need for GATE (EC/EE) preparation. Hence intentionally few
previous year questions are dropped from IES (EC/EE) & GATE (IE), which are not in line with GATE
(EC/EE) structure.
 Table Of Contents
1. Basics of Control system 1
Basic Laplace Transform 1
Initial & Final Value Theorem 2
Transfer Function 4
Open & Closed Loop System 6

2. Block Diagram 9
Sensitivity 9
Basic Problems 10
Standard Problems 12
Difficult Level Problems 17

3. Signal Flow Graph 21

Basic Problems 21
Standard Problems 22
Difficult Level Problems 24

4. Stability / Routh Hurwitz 29

Basic Refresher 29
Numerical Problems (Basic) 31
Numerical Prob. (Standard) 32
Numerical Problems (Tough) 37

5. Time Domain Parameters 42

Type And Order Of System 42
First Order System 42
Second Order System 45
Basic Refresher 45
Numerical Problems 47
Graphical Problems 59

6. Steady State Errors 66

Basic Refresher 66
Numerical Problems 67

7. Root Locus 74
Basic Refresher 74
Numercial Problems 76
Locus Related Problems 85
8. Bode Plot 99
Minimum Phase System 99
Basic Level Problems 100
Standard Level Problems 104

9. Nyquist / Polar Plot 117

Basic Level Problems 117
Standard Level Problems 119

10. Phase & Gain Margin 132

Basic Refresher 132
Standard Numerical Prob. 135

11. Frequency Parameter 142

Basic Refresher 142
Numerical Problems 143

12. State Space Analysis 146

Miscellaneous 146
Controllable & Observable 152
State Transition Matrix 155
Transfer Function & C.E. 157

13. Controller / Compensators 163

Compensator Identification 163
Maximum Phase Lead / Lag 165
Compensator (Additional) 167
Not In Gate Syllabus 170

14. Modelling (Only GATE - EE) 176

 ABBREVIATION
GATE Paper Code

Electronics and Communication Engineering EC

Electrical Engineering EE

Instrumentation Engineering IN
 01
Basics of Control System
BASIC LAPLACE TRANSFORM AC
2t
24to2AC [ESE-EE-2007]
(4) The Laplace transform of e sin 2t is
(1) Match List I with List II and select the correct 4 4
answer using the codes given below the (A) (B)
(s  2)2  4 s 42
Lists :
2 2
List - I List – II (C) 2
(D) 2
s  4s  8 s 4
(Time Function) (Laplace Transform) AA [ESE-EE-2001]
(5) The Laplace transform of a transportation lag
A. 1 1 of 5 seconds is
1.
s (A) exp(5s ) (B) exp(5s )
B. t 1 1 s 
2. (C) (D) exp 
s2 s5  5 


C. sint s
3. AB [ESE-EE-2008]
s  2
2
(6) Given the Laplace transform of f (t )  F ( s),
D. cos t  the Laplace transform of [ f (t )eat ] is equal to
4.
s  2
2
F (s)
(A) F ( s  a ) (B)
(s  a)
Codes:
as as
A B C D (C) e F(s) (D) e F(s)
(A) 1 2 3 4
AA [GATE-IN-1997-IITM]
(B) 2 1 3 4 (1  e ) sT
(7) F (s )  is the Laplace transform of
(C) 1 2 4 3 s
(D) 2 1 4 3 (A) a pulse of width T
(B) a sequence wave of period T
5550 AC[ESE-EC-2015] (C) a unit step delayed by T
(2) The Laplace transform of e 2t sin(2 t ) is (D) a ramp delayed by T
2s 2 AD[ESE-EC-2019]
(A) (B)
( s  2) 2  22 ( s  2) 2  42 (8) Consider the following statements regarding a
parabolic function :
2 2 1. A parabolic function is one degree
(C) 2 2
(D)
( s  2)  4 ( s  2) 2  22 higher than the ramp function.
2. A unit parabolic function is defined as
AC
t2
(3) The inverse Laplace transform of 1.5/s (s+1)  , for t  0
is : f (t )   2
 0 otherwise

(A) (1  e1.5t ) (B) 1.5(1  e1.5t )
3. Laplace transform of unit parabolic
(C) 1.5(1  e ) t
(D) (1.5  e 1.5t
) 1
functions is 3 .
s
www.targate.org Page 1
CONTROL SYSTEM
Which of the above statements are correct? d2x dx
2
 6  5x  12u(t )
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 1 and 3 only dt dt
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3 The response of the system as t  
(A) x = 6 (B) x = 2
******** (C) x = 2.4 (D) x = 0.2
AA [ESE-EC-2009]
(15) The transfer function of a linear–time
INITIAL & FINAL VALUE THEOREM 1
invariant system is given as . what is
AA [GATE-EC-1995-IITK] ( s  1)
(9) The final value theorem is used to find the the steady–state value of the unit–impulse
response?
(A) Steady state value of the system output.
(B) Initial value of the system output. (A) Zero (B) One
(C) Transient behavior of the system output. (C) Two (D) Infinite
(D) None of these.
AB [GATE-EC-1995-IITK]
AD 2( s  1) 
2 (16) If L  f (t )   2 then f (0 ) and
(10) The value of function F (s)  at s  2s  5
2
s 3 f () are given by
t  0  is
(A) 0, 2 respectively
(A) 3 (B) 2
(C) 3/2 (D) zero (B) 2, 0 respectively

AA [GATE-EC-1998-IITD] (C) 0, 1 respectively

 (D) 2/5, 0 respectively
(11) If F(s) = 2 , then the value of
s  2
[Note: ‘L’ stands for ‘Laplace Transform of’]
lim f (t), {where F(s) is the L [f (t)]}
t 
AA [GATE-EE-2008-IISc]
(A) cannot be determined (17) The transfer function of a linear time
(B) is zero invariant system is given as
(C) is unity 1
G(s )  2 The steady state value of
(D) is infinite s  3s  2
the output of the system for a unit impulse
AD
input applied at time instant t = 1 will be
A
(12) The transfer function of a system is . (A) 0 (B) 0.5
s 2  2
The steady – state gain of the system to a (C) 1 (D) 2
unit-step input is
AC
A (18) The steady value of the output on application
(A) 2
 of unit step input to transfer function
(B) 0 C ( s) 2.5
 , will be
(C)  R(s) s 2  2.5s  10
(D) Non determinable 1
(A) (B) 1
AD [GATE-EC –2007] 2.5
(13) If the Laplace transform of a signal y(t) is (C) 0.25 (D) 2.5
1
Y(s) = , then its final value is AA
s( s  1) (19) A system having transfer function G(s) =
(A) –1 (B) 0 1
is subjected to a unit step input,
(C) 1 (D) unbounded 2(s  0.5)
the steady value of the output is
AC
(14) A control system is defined by the (A) 1 (B) 2
mathematical relationship (C) 1/2 (D) 1/10

Page 2 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 01 – BASICS OF CONTROL SYSTEM

10(s  3)
[GATE-IN-1992-IITD]
3( s 2  2s  5)
(20) A system has a complex pole pair of
(1  j 2) and a real zero of (–3). The steady 1  π 1  π
state output to a unit step input is 2. The (A) sin  t   (B) sin  t  
2  4 2  4
transfer function of the system is ……….
1 t
AD [GATE-EE-2004-IITD] (C) e sin t (D) sin t  cost
2
5
(21) Consider the function F(s) = 2 AB [ESE-EE-2004]
s(s  3s  2)
(27) Consider the following system shown in the
Where F(s) is the Laplace transform of the
diagram:
function f (t). The initial value of f (t) is equal
to
(A) 5 (B) 5/2
(C) 5/3 (D) 0
In the system shown in the above diagram
A0 [GATE-IN-2016-IISc] x(t )  sin t. what will be the response y ( t ) in
(22) If X(s) , the Laplace transform of signal x(t) is the steady state?
( s  2)
given by X ( s )  , then the (A) sin(t  450 ) / 2
( s  1)( s  3) 2
value of x (t ) as t   is ____ . (B) sin(t  450 ) / 2

A2.AB [ESE-EC-2011] (C) 2 et sin t

(23) (D) sin t  cos t
AC [GATE-IN-1994-IITKGP]
(28) A first order system with a transfer function
1
is excited by a signal 10sin t.
1 s
Its steady state output will be :
 π  π
(A) 10sin  2t   (B) 10sin  t  
What is the steady-state value of the unit–step  4  4
response of a closed–loop control system 10  π 10  π
shown in figure? (C) sin  t   (D) sin  t  
2  4 2  4
(A) – 0.5 (B) 0
(C) 2 (D)  AC[ESE-EE-2018]
(29) The steady-state response c(t) for an input
AD [GATE-IN-2001-IITK] r (t )  sin 2t to a system transfer function
(24) The final value of a function y(t) whose 1
4 is :
Laplace transform Y (s)  is s4
2
s  2s  2 (A) 0.25 sin 2t
(A) 4 (B) 2 (B) sin(2t  450 )
(C) 1 (D) 0 (C) 0.316sin(2t  26.50 )
AD [GATE-IN-1995-IITK] (D) 0.632cos 2t
(25) For a unit step input, a system with a closed AB[GATE-EC-2010-IITG]
20 (30) A system with the transfer function
loop transfer function of G(s) = 2
s  2s  5 Y ( s) s
has a steady–state output of  has an output
X (s) s  p
(A) 10 (B) 5 

(C) 2 (D) 4 y(t )  cos  2t   for the input
 3
AA [GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP]  
(26) In the system shown below, x (t)  (sin t ). In signal x(t)  pcos  2t   . Then, the system
 2
steady–state the response y (t) will be : parameter 'p' is :

www.targate.org Page 3
CONTROL SYSTEM

2 TRANSFER FUNCTION
(A) 3 (B)
3 AB [GATE-EC-1995-IITK]
3 (35) The transfer function of a linear system is the
(C) 1 (D)
2 (A) Ratio of the output, v0 (t) and input

AD [GATE-EE-1996-IISc] v1 (t)
(31) The closed–loop transfer function of a control (B) Ratio of the Laplace transform of the
C(s) 1 output and that of the input with all
system is given by  initial conditions zeros.
R(s) (1  s)
(C) Ratio of the derivatives of the output and
For the input r (t )  sin t , the steady state the input
value of c (t) is equal to (D) None of these.
1 AD [GATE-IN-1998-IITD]
(A) cos t (B) 1
2 (36) The transfer function of a system is the
Laplace transform of its
1 1  π
(C) sin t (D) sin  t   (A) Square wave response
2 2  4
(B) Step response
A0.14-0.15 [GATE-IN-2016-IISc] (C) Ramp response
(32) The input i(t) = 2sin(3t +  ) is applied to a (D) Impulse response
system whose transfer function
8 AA
G ( s)  . The amplitude of the output (37) Unit impulse response of a system in Laplace
( s  10) 2 transforms form gives
of the system is ______. (A) transfer function
0.72 [GATE-EE-2016-IISc] (B) system gain
(33) Consider a linear time-invariant system with (C) unit step function
transfer function (D) unit ramp function
1 AA [ESE-EC-2002]
H (s) 
( s  1) (38) A system has a single pole at origin. Its
impulse response will be
If the input is cos(t) and the steady state
(A) Constant
output is A cos (t   ) then the value of A is
(B) ramp
_________.
(C) Decaying exponential
AB [GATE-EE-2016-IISc] (D) Oscillatory
(34) The transfer function of a system is
Y (s ) s AA
 . The steady state output y ( t ) is (39) In following :
R (s) s  2
A cos(2t  ) for the input cos(2t). The 1) Mathematical modelling of physical
values of A and  , respectively are systems.
2) Block diagrams and signal flow graphs
1 1 and their reduction.
(A) ,  450 (B) ,  45 0
2 2
3) Time domain and frequency domain
(C) 2,  450 (D) 2,  450 analysis of linear dynamical system.
4) Errors for different type of inputs and
******** stability criteria for feedback systems.
5) Stability analysis using Routh-Hurwitz
array, Nyquist plot and Bode plot.
6) Root locus and Nicols chart and the
estimation of gain and phase margin.
7) Basic concepts of compensator design.
8) State variable matrix and its use in
system modelling.

Page 4 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 01 – BASICS OF CONTROL SYSTEM
The transfer function is defined as
(A) the ratio of Laplace transform of output
to Laplace transform of input
considering initial condition as zero
R s
(B) the ratio of Laplace transform of input to (A) (B)
Laplace transform of output considering 1  sRC 1  sRC
initial conditions as zero 1
(C) (D) 1  sRC
(C) the ratio of input to output 1  sRC
(D) the ratio of output to input
AD [GATE-EE-2013-IITB]
AA [GATE-EE-2002-IISc] V (s)
(44) The transfer function 2 of the circuit
(40) The transfer function of the system described V1 ( s )
d 2 y dy du shown below is :
by    2u with u as input and y
dt 2 dt dt
as output is
( s  2) ( s  1)
(A) (B)
(s 2  s) (s2  s)

2 2s
(C) 2
(D) 2
(s  s) (s  s)

AD 0.5s  1 3s  6
(A) (B)
(41) A system is represented by the differential s 1 s2
equation s2 s 1
2 (C) (D)
d x dx s 1 s2
M 2
 F  Kx  u(t )
dt dt
AB
The transfer function relating X(s) and U(s) is (45) The transfer function relating output I(s). and
M input E(s) in a series RLC circuit is given by
(A)
Ms 2  Fs  K Cs
(A)
(B)
F ( s 2 LC  RCs  LC )
2
Ms  Fs  K Cs
K (B) 2
(C) ( s LC  RCs  1)
2
Ms  Fs  K
1 s
1 (C) . 2
(D) 2
C ( s LC  RCs  1)
Ms  Fs  K
Cs
AB [ESE-EE-2008] (D) 2
( s  LCs  R)
(42) The transfer function for the diagram is given
by which one of the following? AC [GATE-EE-2000-IITKGP]
(46) A linear time invariant system initially at rest,
when subjected to a unit step input, gives a
t
response y (t) = te , t  0. the transfer
function of the system is
1 1
(A) (B)
(s  1)2 s (s  1)2
1 sRC
(A) (B)
(1  sRC) (1  sRC ) s 1
(C) (D)
sRC ( s  1) 2 s ( s  1)
(C) (D) 1 sRC
(1  sRC )
AC [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
AC[ESE-EE-2015] (47) Let x (t) be the input to a linear, time
(43) The transfer function of the circuit as shown invariant system. The required output is 4x
in figure is expressed as (t–2). The transfer function of the system
should be :

www.targate.org Page 5
CONTROL SYSTEM
i 4 f  j 8 f
(A) 4e (B) 2e

(C) 4e j 4 f (D) 2e j 8 f

(A)
AA [GATE-IN-1999-IITB]
(48) Relationship between input x (t) and output
y(t) of a system is given as
d2y d2x
 x (t  2) 
dt 2 dt 2
Then transfer function of this system is
(B)
e 2 s e2s
(A) 1  (B) 1 
s2 s2
(C) 1  s 2 e 2 s (D) 1  s 2 e 2 s
AC [ESE-EC-2008]
(49) The impulse response of linear time invariant
system is given as
g(t)  et ,t  0 (C)

The transfer function of the system is equal

to:
1 1
(A) (B)
s s (s  1)
1 s
(C) (D)
s 1 s 1
(D)
AB [ESE-EE-2008]
(50) The input–output relationship of a system is
2
given by r (t )  d c (2t )  3 dc (t )  2c (t ) where
dt dt
r ( t ) and c ( t ) are input and output AD [GATE-IN-2018-IITG]
respectively. The transfer function of the (52) Unit step response of a linear time invariant
system is equal to (LTI) system is given by y(t )  (1  e2t )u(t ) .
1 Assuming zero initial condition, the transfer
(A) function of the system is
( s 2  s  2)
1 2
(A) (B)
(B) 2 1 s 1 ( s  1)( s  2)
( s  3s  2)

2 1 2
(C) (C) (D)
( s 2  3s  2) s2 s2

2 ********
(D) 2
( s  5s  3)

AC [ESE-EE-2005] OPEN & CLOSED LOOP SYSTEM

(51) The current behaviour in a circuit is expressed
AA[GATE-EC-2004-IITD]
by:
(53) Despite the presence of negative feedback,
i(t )  2et  e5t For t  0. control systems still have problems of
instability because the
Which one of the following figures shows the (A) components used have nonlinearities
pole–zero pattern of I (s)?
(B) dynamic equations of the systems are
not known exactly

Page 6 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 01 – BASICS OF CONTROL SYSTEM
(C) mathematical analysis involves AA[ESE-EC-2000]
approximations (59) Assertion (A) : Feedback control systems
offer more accurate control over open-loop
(D) system has large negative phase angle at
systems.
high frequencies
Reason (R) : The feedback path establishes a
AB[GATE-EC-2010-IITG] link for input and ouptut comparison and
(54) Negative feedback in a closed-loop control subsequent error correction.
system DOES NOT (A) Both A and R are true and 'R' is the
(A) reduce the overall gain correct explanation of 'A'
(B) reduce bandwidth (B) Both A and R are true and 'R' is NOT
the correct explanation of 'A'
(C) improve disturbance rejection
(C) 'A' is true, 'R' is false
(D) reduce sensitivity to parameter variation (D) 'A' is false, 'R' is true
AC AC [ESE-EE-2013]
(55) The error detector element in a control system (60) Consider the following statements regarding
gives advantages of closed loop negative feedback
(A) the sum of the reference signal and control systems over open loop system.
feedback signal 1. the overall reliability of the closed loop
system is more than that of open loop
(B) the sum of the reference signal and error system.
signal
2. The transient response in a closed loop
(C) the difference of the reference signal and system decays more quickly than in
feedback signal open loop system.
3. In an open loop system, closing of the
(D) the difference of the reference signal and
loop increases the overall gain of the
output signal
system.
AC 4. In the closed loop system, the effect of
(56) Which one of the following effects in the variation of component parameters on its
system is not caused by negative feedback ? performance is reduced.
(A) Reduction in gain Which of these statements are correct?
(B) Increase in bandwidth (A) 1 and 2 (B) 1 and 3
(C) Increase in distortion (C) 2 and 4 (D) 3 and 4
(D) Reduction in output impedance
AB [ESE-EE-2010]
AD[ESE-EE-2016] (61) Consider the following statements in
(57) In a closed-loop control system connection with the feedback of control
systems :
(A) control action is independent of output
1. Feedback can improve stability or be
(B) output is independent of input
harmful to stability if it is not properly
(C) there is no feedback applied.
(D) control action is dependent on output 2. Feedback can always improve stability.
AB [ESE-EC-2004] 3. In many situations the feedback can
(58) Consider the following statements: reduce the effect of noise and
disturbance on system performance.
Feedback in control system can be used
4. In general the sensitivity of the system
1. To reduce the sensitivity of the system gain of a feedback system to a parameter
to parameter variations and disturbances. variation depends on where the
2. To change time constant of the system. parameter is located.
3. To increase loop gain of the system. Which of the above statements are correct?
Which of the statements given above are (A) 1, 2 and 3 only (B) 1, 3 and 4 only
correct? (C) 1, 2 and 4 only (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3 ------00000------

www.targate.org Page 7
CONTROL SYSTEM

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
C C C C A B A D A D
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
A D D C A B A C A *
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
D 0 B D D A B C C B
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
D * * B B D A A A A
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
D B C D B C C A C B
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
C D A B C C D B A C
61.
B

10( s  3)
20.
3( s 2  2 s  5)

32. 0.14 to 0.15

33. 0.72

Page 8 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 02
Block Diagram
1 1
SENSITIVITY (A) 1 and (B) and1
1  GH 1  GH
AA[ESE-EC-2019] 1 1
(1) The price for improvement in sensitivity by (C) and1 (D) 1 and
GH GH
the use of feedback is paid in terms of
(A) loss of system gain AA [ESE-EC-2009]
(6) In closed loop control system, what is the
(B) rise of system gain sensitivity of the gain of the overall system,
(C) improvement in transient response, M to the variation in G?
delayed response 1 1
(A) (B)
(D) poor transient response 1  G( s) H ( s) 1  G( s)
AD [ESE-EC-2009] G( s) G( s)
(2) What is the characteristic of a good control (C) (D)
1  G( s) H ( s) 1  G( s)
system?
(A) Sensitive to parameter variation AA [GATE-EE-2010-IITG]
(B) Insensitive to input command (7) As shown in the figure, a negative feedback
(C) Neither sensitive to parameter variation system has an amplifier of gain 100 with
nor sensitive to input commands  10% tolerance in the forward path, and an
(D) Insensitive to parameter variation but attenuator of value of 9/100 in the feedback
sensitive to input commands path. The overall system gain is
approximately :
AB [ESE-EC-2005]
(3) With negative feedback in a closed loop
control system sensitivity to parameter
variations
(A) Increases
(B) decreases (A) 10  1% (B) 10  2%
(C) Becomes zero (C) 10  5% (D) 10  10%
(D) becomes very large
AC [GATE-IN-2007-IITK]
AC [GATE-EE-2000-IITKGP] (8) A feedback control system with high gain K,
(4) Feedback control system, with high OLTF is shown in the figure below
(GH>>1) is :
(A) Insensitive to both forward – and
feedback path parameter changes.
(B) Less sensitive to feedback path
parameter changes than to forward path Then the closed loop transfer function is
parameter changes.
(A) sensitive to perturbations in G(s) and
(C) Less sensitive to forward path parameter
H(s)
changes than to feedback path parameter
changes. (B) sensitive to perturbations in G(s) but not
(D) Equally sensitive to forward and to perturbations in H(s)
feedback changes. (C) sensitive to perturbations in H(s) but not
to perturbations in G(s)
AA[ESE-EE-2019]
(5) The system sensitivity of open loop and (D) insensitive to perturbations in G(s) and
closed loop system are respectively H(s)

www.targate.org Page 9
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC [GATE-EE-2009-IITR]
(9) The measurement system shown in the figure
uses three sub-systems in cascade whose
1 (A)
gains are specified as G1 ,G 2 and . The
G3
relative small errors associated with each
(B)
respective subsystem G1 ,G 2 and G3 are
1, 2 and 3 . The error associated with the
output is: (C)

(D)
1 ε1  ε2
(A) 1   2  (B)
3 ε4
AC [ESE-EE-2003]
(C) ε1  ε2  ε3 (D) ε1  ε2  ε3 (12) Match List (Block Diagram) with List II
(Transformed Block Diagram) and select the
******** correct answer :
List I

BASIC PROBLEMS
(A)
AB [ESE-EE-2009]
(10)

(B)

Which one of the following block diagrams is

equivalent to the above diagram? (C)

(D)
(A)

List II

(B)
1.

(C) 2.

(D) 3.

AB
(11) Indicate the correct equivalent of the block 4.
diagram given below:

Page 10 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 02 – BLOCK DIAGRAM
Codes: (D)
A B C D
(A) 3 4 2 1
(B) 4 3 1 2 AB [ESE-EE-2004]
(C) 3 4 1 2 (15) Consider the following three cases of block
diagram algebra A, B and C
(D) 4 3 2 1
AB
(13) Equivalent block diagram for the figure given
below :
Block diagram A

(A)

Block diagram B
(B)

Block diagram C
(C) Which of the above relations are correct?
(A) A and B (B) B and C
(C) A and C (D) A, B and C

(D) AD [GATE-EC-2001-IITK]
(16) The equivalent of the block diagram in Fig.
below is given in

AC
(14) Indicate the correct equivalent of the block
diagram given below:

(A)

(A)

(B)

(B)
(C)

(C)

(D)

www.targate.org Page 11
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB 1 1
(17) Equivalent block diagram for the figure given (A) (B)
( s  1) 2 s 1
(C) s  1 (D) 1

AD[ESE-EE-2015]
(A)
(20) The transfer function C/R of the system
shown in the figure is :
(B)

G1G2
(A)
1  G1 H1  G2 H 2
(C)
G1 H1G2 H 2
(B)
(1  G1 H1 )(1  G2 H 2 )
G1G2
(C)
1  G1  G2  G1G2 H1 H 2
G1G2
(D)
(D) 1  G1 H1  G2 H 2  G1G2 H1 H 2

AB [GATE-EE-2004-IITD]
(21) For the block diagram shown in figure, the
transfer function is equal to

********

STANDARD PROBLEMS
AA [ESE-EE-2009] s2  1 s2  s  1
(A) (B)
(18) For what value of K, are the two block s2 s2
diagrams as shown below equivalent?
s2  s  1 1
(C) (D) 2
s s  s 1
AD [GATE-IN-2003-IITM]
(22) In the feedback scheme shown in Fig., the
time-constant of the closed loop system will
be :
(A) 1 (B) 2
(C) (s + 1) (D) (s + 2)
: 0.AB[ESE-EC-2018]
C (s )
(19) The closed-loop transfer function of
R( s )
the system represented by the block diagram (A) A βτ (B) (1  Aβ , τ )
in the figure is
τ
(C) τ (D)
(1  Aβ )

AB [ESE-EE-2006]
(23) For the feedback system shown in the figure
below, which one of the following expresses
the input– output relation C/R of the overall
system?

Page 12 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 02 – BLOCK DIAGRAM
ANSWER : 0.AA[ESE-EE-2001]
(26) In the feedback system C(s), R(s) and D(s)
are the system output, input and disturbance,
respectively

G G
(A) (B) Assertion (A) : For system
1  FG  GH 1  FG  GH
FG GH C ( s ){R ( s)  D( s )} 1  G ( s)
(C) (D) 
1  FGH 1  FGH R ( s) D ( s) 1  G ( s) H ( s )

AD [ESE-EE-2009] Reason (R) : Transfer function of a system is

(24) defined as the ratio of output Laplace
transform and input Laplace transform setting
other inputs and the initial conditions to zero.
(A) Both A and R true and 'R' is the correct
explanation of 'A'
The above shown feedback control system (B) Both A and R true and 'R' is NOT the
has to be reduced to equivalent unity correct explanation of 'A'
feedback system. Which one of the following
is equivalent? (C) 'A' is true, 'R' is false
(D) 'A' is false, 'R' is true
(A) AA
(27) Overall gain of the system shown below is:

(B)

(C) (A) 5 (B) 3

(C) 6 (D) 7
AB
(D) (28) A feedback system shown below is subjected
to noise N(s)
AB[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(25) By performing cascading and/or
summing/differencing operations using
transfer function block G1 ( s) and G 2 ( s ) . One
CANNOT realize a transfer function of the
form
(A) G1 ( s ) G 2 ( s ) C (s)
The noise transfer function is :
G1 ( s) N (s)
(B)
G2 ( s)
G1 G2
(A) (B)
 1  1  G1G2 H2 1  G1G2 H2
(C) G1 (s )   G2 (s ) 
 G1 ( s) 
H2 G1G2
 1  (C) (D)
(D) G1 (s )   G2 (s )  1  G1G2 H 2 1  H2
 G1 ( s) 
www.targate.org Page 13
CONTROL SYSTEM
AD G1  H1
(C)
(29) The closed loop transfer function  C ( s)  of 1  G2 H1  G2 H 2
 R( s ) 
G2  G1G2
the system shown below is: (D)
1  G2 H1  G2 H 2

AA
(32) The transfer functions for the Network Given
below:

If ( = time constant for the RC circuit)

G2
(A)
1  (G1  G2 )(G3  G4 ) (A)
GG
1 2
(B)
1 (G3  G4 ) (B)

(C) G1  G2
1  (G1  G2 )(G3  G4 ) (C)

(D) G1  G2
1 (G1  G2 )(G3  G4 )
(D)

AA [ESE-EC-2007] AA
(30) A control system whose step response is (33) Calculate the overall attenuation of the
0.5(1  e2t ) is cascaded to another control system given below:
block whose impulse response is e  t . what is
the transfer function of the cascaded
combination?
1 1
(A) (B) (A) 1/6 (B) 1/4
( s  1)( s  2) s ( s  1)
(C) 1/2 (D) 1
1 0.5 AD
(C) (D)
s ( s  2) ( s  1)( s  2) (34) The overall gain of the system given below:
AD

(31) The closed loop transfer function  C ( s )  of

 R ( s) 
the system shown below is :

G1  G2
(A)
1  G1G2  G1H  G2 H
G1G2
(B)
1  G1  G2  G1 H  G2 H
G1G2
(C)
(A) G2 G1  H1  H2  1  G1G2  G1H  G2 H
G1G2 G1  G2
(B) (D)
1  G1G2 H1H 2 1  G2  G2  G1 H  G2 H

Page 14 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 02 – BLOCK DIAGRAM
AA H 1G1G2
(C)
(35) C/R for the block diagram shown below: 1  H 1G1G2  H 1G2
H 1G1G2
(D)
1  H 2 G1G 2  H 1G 2

AA [GATE-EE-1998-IITD]
(38) For block diagram shown in Figure C(s)/R(s)
is given by

G1
(A)
1  G1H1  G1H 2  G1 H3
G1 G1G2 G3
(B) (A)
1  G1H1G1H2  G1H3 1  H 2G2G3  H1G1G2
1 G1G2G3
(C) (B)
G1 (G1H1  G1 H2  G1 H3 ) 1  G1G2 G3 H1 H 2
G1G2G3
1 (C)
(D) 1  G1G2 G3 H1  G1G2 G3 H 2
G1 (G1 H1G1 H 2  G1 H3 )
G1G2G3
(D)
AB [GATE-EC-1987-IITB] 1  G1G2G3 H1
(36) For the system shown in figure the transfer
AA [ESE-EE-2005]
C(s) (39) What is the overall transfer function of the
function is equal to :
R(s) block diagram given below?

G1G2  G2 G3 G1G3  G2G3

(A) (B)
10 10 1  G2 H 1 1  G3 H1
(A) 2
(B) 2
s  s  10 s  11s  10 G1G3  G2 G3
(C) G1G2  G2 G3 (D)
10 10 1  G2 G3 H1
(C) 2 (D) 2
s  9 s  10 s  2 s  10
AD [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
AA [ESE-EE-2007] (40) For the following system, when X1 (s) – 0,
(37) Which one of the following is the transfer Y s
Y (s) the transfer function is
function for the block diagram given? X 2 s
X (s)

s 1 1
(A) (B)
s2 s 1
G1G 2 s2 s 1
(A) (C) (D)
1  H 2 G1G 2  H 1G 2 s  s  1 s  s  2
G1G2
(B) AB [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
1  H 2G1G2  H 1G2
(41) The block diagram of a system is shown in
the figure
www.targate.org Page 15
CONTROL SYSTEM
ANSWER : (A) [GATE-IN-2017-IITR]
(44) The overall closed loop transfer function
C s
, represented in the figure, will be
R s
If the desired transfer function of the system
is
C ( s) s
 2
R( s ) s  s  2
then G(s) is
(A) 1 (B) s  G s   G s  G  s
1 2 3
(C) 1/s (D) (A)
1   G  s  G  s   H s   G s 
1 2 1 3
AB [GATE-EE-2003-IITM]
(42) The block diagram of a control system is Fig.  G1  s   G3  s 
(B)
The transfer function G(s) = Y ( s) / U (s) of 1  G1  s  H1  s   G 2  s  G3  s 
the system is :
(C)
 G s   G s   H s 
1 2 1

1   G  s   G  s   H s   G s  
1 3 1 1

G1  s G2  s  H1  s
(D)
1  G1  s  H1  s   G1  s  G3  s 
(A) 1
 s  s AB [GATE-EC-2019-IITM]
18  1   1   (45) The block diagram of a system is illustrated
 12   3
in the figure shown, where X(s) is the input
(B) 1
and Y(s) is the output. The transfer function
 s  s
27  1    1   Y(s)
 6  9 H(s)= is
X(s)
(C) 1
 s  s
27  1   1  
 12  9 
(D) 1
 s  s
27  1    1  
 9  3
s+1
AB [GATE-EC-2016-IISc] (A) H(s)=
s 2 +s+1
(43) The block diagram of a feedback control
system is shown in the figure. The overall s2 +1
(B) H(s) =
closed-loop gain G of the system is : s3 +2s 2 +s+1
s 2 +1
(C) H(s) =
2s2 +1
s 2 +1
(D) H(s) =
G1G 2 s3 +s 2 +s+1
(A) G 
1  G1 H 1
G1G2 ********
(B) G 
1  G1G2  G1 H 1

G1G 2
(C) G 
1  G1G 2 H 1

G1G2
(D) G 
1  G1G2  G1G2 H 1

Page 16 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 02 – BLOCK DIAGRAM

DIFFICULT LEVEL PROBLEMS AD [ESE-EE-2004]

(49) Consider the following three block diagram
AD A, B and C shown below :
(46) The block diagram of a second order system Which one of the following statements is
is given below: correct in respect of the below block
diagrams?

The transfer function of the system is

C ( s) 4 Block A
(A)  2
R ( s ) s  10 s  15

C (s) 4
(B)  2
R( s) s  8s  20

C ( s) 4
(C)  2
R (s ) s  15 s  80
C (s) 4 Block B
(D)  2
R ( s ) s  15 s  82
AD
(47) The transfer function of the system shown
below is :

Block C
(A) Only A and B are equivalent
(B) Only A and C are equivalent
(C) Only B and C are equivalent
G1 G1  H2 (D) A, B and C are equivalent
(A) (B)
1 G2 H1H2 1  G1H1
AD[ESE-EE-2018]
H1 G2  H1 (50) For the block diagram as shown in figure, the
(C) (D) overall transfer function C/R is
1  G1H1 H2 1  G1 H 2
AB [GATE-EC-2010-IITG]
Y (s)
(48) The transfer function of the system is:
R(s)

G1G2 H1
(A)
(1  G1 H1  G2 H 2 )

G1G2
(B)
(1  G1 H1  G2 H 2 )

1 G1G2 H 2
(A) 0 (B) (C)
s 1 (1  G1 H1  G2 H 2 )

2 2 G1G2
(C) (D) (D)
s 1 s 3 (1  G1 H1  G2 H 2 )

www.targate.org Page 17
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB[ESE-EE-2001]
(51) Consider the following block diagrams :

1.
With
2
(A) X  c0 s  c1 ,Y  1/ (s  a0 s
 a1 ), Z  b0 s  b1
2.
2
(B) X  1,Y  (c0 s  c1 ) / (s 
a0 s  a1 ), Z  b0 s  b1
2
3. (C) X  c1s  c0 ,Y  (b1s  b0 ) / (s  a1s
a0 ), Z = 1
2
(D) X  c1s  c0 ,Y  1/ (s  a1s  a),
4. Z  b1s  b0

95-1.05 [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(54) For the system shown in the figure,
Which of these block diagrams can be
Y ( s ) | X ( s) = ______.
C ( s) G1
reduced to transfer function  ?
R ( s) 1  G1G2
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 2 and 4
(C) 1 and 4 (D) 2 and 3
AB [GATE-EE-1992-IITD]
(52) The overall transfer function of the system is AA
Figure, is (55) The block diagram represents the correct
equivalent for the RC circuit if G1 and G2 are:

G 2G
(A) (B)
1  GH 1  GH
GH GH 1 1 1
(C) (D) (A) , (B) RC ,
1  GH 1 H R CS CS
AD [GATE-EE-2007-IITK] 1 1 1 1
(C) , (D) ,
(53) The system shown in the figure below CS R RC CS
AB
(56) Determine the transfer function C/R from the
block diagram shown in the figure:

G 1
(A) (B) 1
1  GH
Can be reduced to the form
Page 18 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)
 TOPIC. 02 – BLOCK DIAGRAM

2G G2
(C) (D)
1  GH 1  GH
AA [ESE-EE-2011]
(57)

AC [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]
Y ( s)
(61) Find the transfer function of the system
x( s )
given below :

C( s )
The transfer function for the system
R(s)
shown above is
G  H1 G  H2 G1 G2
(A) (B) (A) 
1  GH 2 1  GH1 1  HG1 1  HG2
H1 GH 2 G1 G2
(C) (D) (B) 
1  GH1 1  GH1 1  HG1 1  HG2
Common Data for Next Two Questions :BC
A block diagram of control system as in the figure: G1  G2
(C)
1  H (G1  G2 )

G1  G2
(D)
1  H (G1  G2 )

------00000-------

 C1 
(58) The transfer function  WHEN R2  0  is:
 R1 
G G(1 G)
(A) (B)
1  2G 2 1  2G2
G (1  2G ) G
(C) (D)
1  G2 1 G2
 
(59) The transfer function  C1 When R 0  is:
 R2
1

G G
(A) (B)
1  2G2 1 G2
G2 G2
(C) (D)
1  2G 2 1 G2
A-0.5[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(60) The position control of a DC servo-motor is
given in the figure. The values of the
parameters are K T  1 N-m A , Ra  1  ,
La  0.1H . J  5 kg-m 2 , B  1N-m (rad/sec)
and K b  1V/(rad/sec) . The steady-state
position response (in radians) due to unit
impulse disturbance torque T d is _________

www.targate.org Page 19
CONTROL SYSTEM

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
A D B C A A A C C B
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
B C B C B D B A B D
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
B D B D B A A B D A
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
D A A D A B A A A D
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
B B B A B D D B D D
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
B B D * A B A B C *
61.
C

54. 0.95 to 1.05

60. – 0.5

Page 20 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 03
Signal Flow Graph
AA
BASIC PROBLEMS (4) The number of closed loops in the signal flow
AC [GATE-EC-1995-IITK] graph shown below:
(1) Signal flow graph is used to find
(A) Stability of the system.
(B) Controllability of the system. (A) 6 (B) 8
(C) Transfer function of the system. (C) 7 (D) 5
(D) Poles of the system. AD
(5) The number of forward paths in the signal
AB[ESE-EC-2018] flow graph shown below :
(2) Consider the following statements for signal
flow graph :
1. It represents linear as well as non-linear
systems.
2. It is not unique for a given system. (A) 1 (B) 2
Which of the above statements is/are correct? (C) 3 (D) 5
(A) 1 only AC [ESE-EE-2002]
(B) 2 only (6) The number of forward paths and the number
of non–touching loop pairs for the signal flow
(C) Both 1 and 2
graph given in the figure are respectively
(D) Neither 1 nor 2
AD[ESE-EC-2016]
(3) Statement (I) : Self-loops can exist in block
diagram but not in signal flow graph.
Statement (II) : Both block diagrams and
signal flow graphs are applicable to linear
time-invariant systems. (A) 1, 3 (B) 3, 2
(C) 3, 1 (D) 2, 4
Codes :
AA [GATE-EE-1991-IITM]
(A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are (7) The signal flow graph of Fig. shown below,
individually true and Statement (II) is the has ______ forward paths/and ________
correct explanation of Statement (I). feed–back loops.
(B) Both Statements (I) and Statement (II) are
individually true but Statement (II) is not
the correct explanation of Statement (I).
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is
false.
(D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II) is
true.

www.targate.org Page 21
CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) 4, 4 (B) 5, 3 AC [GATE-EC-2004-IITD]
(C) 3, 3 (D) 6, 4 (11) Consider the signal flow graph shown in
x5
AA [ESE-EE-2006] figure. The gain is
(8) The signal flow graph shown below has M x1
number of forward paths and P number of
individual loops. What are their values?

1  (be  cf  dg)
(A)
abcd

(A) M = 4 and P = 2 bedg

(B)
(B) M = 6 and P = 3 1 (be  cf  dg)
(C) M = 4 and P = 3
abcd
(D) M = 6 and P = 2 (C)
1  (be  cf  dg )  bedg
******** 1  (be  cf  dg )  bedg
(D)
abcd
STANDARD PROBLEMS AC[ESE-EE-2018]
(12) The closed-loop transfer function C(s)/R(s) of
AC[GATE-EC-1997-IITM] the system respresented by the signal flow
(9) In the signal flow graph of given figure y/x graph as shown in figure is
equals

(A) 3 G1G2 G3G4

(A)
(1  G1  G2 )
(B) 5/2
(C) 2 G1G2 G3G4
(B)
(D) none of the above (1  G3  G4 )

AA [GATE-IN-2005-IITB] G1G2 G3G4

(C)
(10) The transfer function of the open loop system (1  G1  G2 )(1  G3  G4 )
G(s) which is represented by the signal flow
graph shown in the figure below is G1G2 G3G4
(D)
(1  G1G2 )(1  G3G4 )

(13) The graph determinant for the signal flow

graph shown below:

G1G2
(A)
1  G1H1  G2 H 2

G1G2
(B)
1  G1H1  1  G2 H 2
(A)    f  ce  dh
G1G2
(C) (B)   1  f  ce  dh  fce  fdh
(1  G1 H1 )(1  G2 H 2 )

G1G2 (C)   1 f  ce  dh
(D)
1  (G1  H1 )(G2  H 2 ) (D)   1 f  ce  dh  fce  fdh

Page 22 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 03 – SIGNAL FLOW GRAPH
AA [GATE-EC-2013-IITB] The gain C(s)/R(s) of the signal flow graph
(14) The signal flow graph for a system is given shown above is
Y (s) G1G2  G2G3
below. The transfer function for the (A)
U (s) 1  G1G2 H1  G2G3 H1  G4
system is :
G1G2  G2G3
(B)
1  G1G2 H1  G2G3 H1  G4
G1G2  G2G3
(C)
1  G1G3 H1  G2G3 H1  G4
G1G2  G2G3
(D)
1  G1G3 H1  G2G3 H1  G4

AB [ESE-EE-2011]
s 1 s 1 (18)
(A) 2 (B) 2
5s  6s  2 s  6s  2
s 1 1
(C) 2 (D) 2
s  4s  2 5s  6s  2
AC [GATE-EC-1989-IITK]
(15) The C/R for the signal flow graph in fig. is:
Consider the following statements with
regards to signal flow graph:
1. The number of loops is 3.
G1G2G3G4 2. The number of loops is 2.
(A) 3. The number of forward paths is 3.
(1  G1G2 )(1  G3G4 )
C 40
G1G2G3G4 4. Ratio is .
(B) R 81
(1  G1  G2  G1G2 )(1  G3  G4  G3G4 ) C 28
5. Ratio is .
G1G2G3G4 R 81
(C) Which of these statements are correct?
(1  G1  G2 )(1  G3  G4 )
(A) 1, 3, 4 and 5 (B) 1, 3 and 4
G1G2G3G4
(D) (C) 2, 3 and 4 (D) 3, 4 and 5
(1  G1  G2  G3  G4 )
AA
AD [GATE-EC-1991-IITM] (19)
(16) In the signal flow graph of fig. the gain c/r
will be

The signal flow graph for the system whose

block diagram shown above will be :
(A) 11/9 (B) 22/15
(C) 24/23 (D) 44/23.
AB [ESE-EE-2003] (A)
(17)

(B)

www.targate.org Page 23
CONTROL SYSTEM

G1G2G3
A [GATE-IN-1995-IITK]
1  G1G2 H1  G2G3 H2
(22) For the signal flow graph shown in figure, the
(C)
C (s)
transfer function is  …..
R( s)

(D)

********
AA[ESE-EC-2001]
(23) For the signal flow diagram shown in the
DIFFICULT LEVEL PROBLEMS
given figure, the transmittance between x2
AA [GATE-IN-2006-IITKGP] and x1 is
(20) The signal flow graph representation of a
control system is shown below.
Y ( s)
The transfer function is computed as
R( s)

rsu efh rsu efh

(A)  (B) 
1  st 1  fg 1  fg 1  st

efh rsu rst rsu

1 s2  1 (C)  (D) 
(A) (B) 1  ru 1  eh 1  eh 1  st
s s( s2  2)
AA
s ( s 2  1) 1 (24) The overall transfer functions for the signal
(C) 2 (D) 1 
( s  2) s flow graph given below:

AD [GATE-EC –2003]
(21) The signal flow graph of a system is shown in
C(s)
Figure. The transfer function of the
R(s)
system
G1G2
(A)
1  G1G2 H1  G2 H 2
G1G2
(B)
1 G1G2 H1  G2 H2
6 G1G2
(A) (C)
2
s  29 s  6 1 G1G2 H1  G2 H2
6s GG
(B) 2 1 2
s  29 s  6 (D)
1 GG
1 2 H1  G2 H1
s ( s  2)
(C) 2
s  29 s  6 AD [GATE-EC-1987-IITB]
s ( s  27) (25) In the signal flow graph shown in fig
(D) 2 X 2  TX 1 where T, is equal to:
s  29 s  6

Page 24 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 03 – SIGNAL FLOW GRAPH
AC [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(29) The signal flow graph of a system is shown
below. U(s) is the input and C(s) is the
output.
(A) 2.5 (B) 5
(C) 5.5 (D) 10
AC [GATE-IN-1999-IITB]
(26) The transfer function between y 2 and y1 in

Assuming, h1  b1 and h0  b0  b1 a1 , the

c(s )
(A) a  b (B) (a  b)c input-output transfer function, G ( s ) 
u ( s)
ab ab of the system is given by
(C) (D) b s  b1
1 c 1 c (A) G ( s )  2 0
s  a0 s  a1
AA [GATE-IN-2009-IITR]
(27) A filter is represented by the signal flow a1s  a0
(B) G( s)  2
graph shown in the figure. Its input is x(t) s  b1s  b0
and output is y(t). The transfer function of the b1 s  b0
filter is (C) G ( s )  2
s  a1s  a0
a0 s  a1
(D) G( s) 
s 2  b0 s  b1

AB[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(30) For the signal flow graph shown in the figure,
C( s )
(1  ks) (1  ks ) the value of is
(A) (B) R( s )
sk sk
(1  ks ) (1  ks )
(C) (D)
sk sk
AC [GATE-IN-2011-IITM]
(28) The signal flow graph of a system is given
below:
(A) G1G 2 G 3 G 4
1  G1G 2 H 1  G 3G 4 H 2  G 2 G 3 H 3  G1G 2 G 3 G 4 H 1 H 2

(B) G1G 2 G 3G 4
1  G1G 2 H 1  G 3G 4 H 2  G 2 G 3 H 3  G1G 2 G 3G 4 H 1 H 2

(C) 1
1  G1G2 H1  G3G4 H 2  G2G3 H 3  G1G2G3G4 H1H 2

(D) 1
The transfer function (C/R) of the system is 1  G1G2 H1  G3G4 H 2  G2G3 H3  G1G2G3G4 H1H 2
(A) (G1 G2 + G1 G3)/ (1 + G1 G2 H2)
ANSWER : (A) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(B) (G1 G2 + G1 G3)/ (1 – G1 H1 + G1 G2 H2) (31) In the system whose signal flow graph is
shown in figure, U1  s  and U2  s  are inputs.
(C) (G1 G2 + G1 G3)/ (1 – G1 H1 + G1 G2 H2
+ G1 G3 H2) Ys
The transfer function is :
(D) (G1 G2 + G1 G3)/ (1 – G1 H1 + G1 G2 H2 U1  s 
+ G1 G3 H2 + G1 G2 G3 H1)

www.targate.org Page 25
CONTROL SYSTEM

a  ad
(C)
1 d  eg  bcg
a  ad
(D)
1 d  eg

AC [GATE-EC-2001-IITK]
k1 (34) An electrical system and its signal–flow
(A)
JLs 2  jRs  k 1k 2 graph representation are shown in figure , The
values of G2 and H, respectively, are
k1
(B) 2
jLs  JRs  k 1 k 2
k1  U 2  R  sL 
(C) 2
JLs   JR  U 2 L  s  k1k 2  U 2 R
k1  U 2  sL  R 
(D) 2
JLs   JR  U 2 L  s  k1k 2  U 2 R

AB [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]
(32) For the signal flow graph shown in the figure,
which one of the following expressions is
Y(s)
equal to the transfer function ?
X 2 (s) x (s)  0 Z3 ( s)  Z3 ( s )
1
(A) ,
Z2 ( s)  Z3 ( s)  Z4 ( s) Z1 (s)  Z3 (s)
 Z3 ( s )  Z 3 ( s)
(B) ,
Z2 ( s)  Z3 ( s)  Z4 ( s) Z1 (s)  Z3 (s)
Z3 ( s) Z3 ( s )
(C) ,
Z2 ( s)  Z3 ( s)  Z4 ( s) Z1 (s)  Z3 (s)
G1  Z3 ( s ) Z3 ( s)
(A) (D) ,
1  G 2 (1  G1 ) Z2 ( s)  Z3 ( s)  Z4 ( s) Z1 (s)  Z3 (s)
G2 AD [GATE-EC-2011-IITM]
(B)
1  G1 (1  G 2 ) (35) The input–output transfer function of a plant
G1 100
(C) H (s )  the plant is placed in a
1  G 1G 2 s( s  10)2
unity negative feedback configuration as
G2
(D) shown in the figure below
1  G 1G 2

AA [GATE-EC –1998]
(33) Signal flow graph for the following set of
algebraic equations:
y 2  ay1  gy3 The signal flow graph that Does Not model
the plant transfer function H(s) is
y3  ey 2  cy 4
y 4  by 2  dy 4 (A)
y2
Hence, find the gains
y1
a  ad
(A)
1 d  eg  bcg  deg
(B)
a
(B)
1 d  eg  deg

Page 26 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 03 – SIGNAL FLOW GRAPH

(C)

(D)

-----0000-----

www.targate.org Page 27
CONTROL SYSTEM

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
C B D A D C A A C A
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
C C @ A C D B B A A
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
D * A A D C A C C B
31. 32. 33. 34. 35.
A B A C D

G1G2 G3
22.
1  G1G2 H1  G2 G3 H 2

Page 28 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 04
Stability / Routh Hurwitz
Are:
BASIC REFRESHER
(A) –4, –10 (B) –4, –6
AD[ESE-EE-2016] (C) –4, +6 (D) –4, +10
(1) The characteristic polynomial of a system can
be defined as AD [GATE-EE-2006-IITKGP]
(5) A continuous – time system is described by
(A) denominator polynomial of given
transfer function. y(t)  e|x(t)| , where y(t) is the output and x(t)
(B) numerator polynomial of given transfer is the input. Y(t) is bounded
function. (A) Only when x(t) is bounded
(C) numerator polynomial of a closed-loop (B) Only when x(t) is non – negative
transfer function. (C) only for t π 0 if x(t) is bounded for t π 0
(D) denominator polynomial of a closed-
(D) Even when x(t) is not bounded
loop transfer function.
AFALSE[GATE-EC-1994-IITKGP]
AA[ESE-EC-2015]
(6) If G(s) is a stable transfer function, then
(2) The roots of the characteristic equation
1
1  G ( s) H ( s)  0 are the same as the F(s) = is always a stable transfer
G (s )
(A) Poles of the closed loop transfer function
function. (T/F)
(B) Poles of the open loop transfer function
(C) Zeros of the closed loop transfer A0 [GATE-EE-1994-IITKGP]
function (7) Closed loop stability implies that [1 + G(s)
(D) Zeros of the open loop transfer function H(s)] has all the _____ in the left half of the
s-plane.
AA[ESE-EC-2019]
(3) Consider the following open-loop transfer AB[ESE-EE-2015]
function : (8) The first element of each of the rows of a
Routh-Hurwitz stability test showed the signs
K ( s  2)
G as follows :
( s  1)( s  4)
Row I II III IV V
The characteristic equation of the unity
negative feedback will be Sign + + – + –
(A) ( s  1)( s  4)  K ( s  2)  0 Consider the following statements:
(B) ( s  2)( s  1)  K ( s  4)  0 1. The system has three roots in the right-
half of s-plane.
(C) ( s  1)( s  2)  K ( s  4)  0
(D) ( s  2)( s  4)  K ( s  1)  0 2. The system has three roots in the left-
half of s-plane.
AB 3. The system is stable.
(4) The roots of a closed–loop characteristic
equation of the system shown below: 4. The system is unstable.
Which of the above statements about the
system are correct?
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 1 and 4
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 2 and 4

www.targate.org Page 29
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC[ESE-EC-1999] (A) only one root at the origin
(9) First column elements of the Routh’s (B) imaginary roots
tabulation are 3, 5, –3/4, 1/2 , 2. It means that
there (C) only positive real roots
(A) is one root in the left half of s-plane (D) only negative real roots

(B) are two roots in the left half of s-plane AB [GATE-EE-1998-IITD]

(14) None of the poles of a linear control system
(C) are two roots in the right half of s-plane lie in the right half of s – plane. For a
(D) is one root in the right half of s-plane bounded input, the output of this system
(A) Is always bounded
AB[ESE-EC-2000]
(10) Consider the following statements: (B) Could be unbounded
Routh-Hurwitz criterion gives (C) Always tends to zero
1. absolute stability (D) None of the above
2. the number of roots lying on the right
AA[ESE-EE-2015]
half of the s-plane (15) None of the poles of a linear control system
3. the gain margin and phase margin lies in the right-half of s-plane (Not even on
Which of these statements are correct? Img axis or origin). For a bounded input, the
(A) 1, 2 amd 3 (B) 1 and 2 output of this system
(A) is always bounded
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
(B) could be unbounded
AA [ESE-EE-2009]
(11) Consider the following statements: (C) always tends to zero
1. A system is said to be stable if its output (D) always tends to infinite
is bounded for any input.
AA[ESE-EE-2017]
2. A system is stable if all the roots of the (16) While forming a Routh array, the situation of
characteristic equation lie in the left half a row of zeros indicates that the system
of the s – plane
(A) has symmetrically located roots around
3. A system is stable if all the roots of the origin.
characteristic equation have negative
(B) is stable.
real parts.
(C) is insensitive to variations in gain.
Which of the above statements is/are correct?
(D) has asymmetrically located roots.
(A) 2 & 3 (B) 1 only
(C) 2 only (D) 3 only AC[ESE-EE-2015]
(17) Consider the following statements with
AD [ESE-EE-2008] respect to Routh-Hurwitz criterion:
(12) Consider the following statements: 1. It can be used to determine relative
When all the elements in one row of the stability by mapping.
Routh’s tabulation are zero then which could
be a possible case: 2. It is valid only for real coefficients of the
characteristic equation.
1. One pair of real roots with opposite sign
in s – plane 3. It is applicable only for non-linear
2. One pair of conjugate roots on the systems.
imaginary axis in s – plan 4. It does not provide the exact location of
3. Conjugate roots’ forming a quadrate in s closed-loop poles in left or right-half of
– plane is a non – minimum system. s-plane.
Which of the above statements is/are correct?
Which of the above statements are correct?
(A) 1 only (B) 2 only
(A) 1, 2 and 3 only (B) 3 and 4 only
(C) 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3
(C) 1, 2 and 4 only (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
AB [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(13) In the formation of Routh-Hurwitz array for a AC
polynomial, all the elements of a row have (18) The location of the closed - loop conjugate
zero values. This premature termination of the pair of pole on j  axis indicates that the
array indicates the presence of system is :
Page 30 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)
 TOPIC 04 – STABILITY/ROUTH HURWITZ
(A) Stable ATRUE [GATE-EE-1994-IITKGP]
(B) unstable (22) The closed loop system of figure is stable if
C (s)
(C) Marginally stable the transfer function T ( s )  is stable.
R (s )
(D) critically stable
(True/False)
AD [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
(19) Match the inferences X, Y, and Z, about a
system, to the corresponding properties of the
elements of first column in Routh’s Table of
the system characteristic equation.
X: The system is stable … AA [ESE-EE-2006]
Y: The system is unstable … (23) For a discrete – time system to be stable, all
Z: The test breaks down … the poles of the Z – transfer function should
P: when all elements are positive lie
Q: when any one element is zero (A) Within a circle of unit radius
R: when there is a change in sign of (B) Outside the circle of unit radius
coefficients (C) On left – half of Z – plane
(A) X→P, Y→Q, Z→R (D) On right – half of Z – plane
(B) X→Q, Y→P, Z→R
(C) X→R, Y→Q, Z→P ********
(D) X→P, Y→R, Z→Q
AC [ESE-EE-2004] NUMERICAL PROBLEMS (BASIC)
(20) A control system is defined in S – domain.
Following points regarding the poles of the AD [GATE-EC-2002-IISc]
transfer function obtained from the (24) The system shown in the figure remains
characteristic equation were noted: stable when
1. Poles with positive real part denote
stable system.
2. Complex poles always occur in pairs.
3. A pole S =  (  0) means that the
transient response contains exponential
decay. (A) k  1 (B) 1 k 1
(C) 1  k  3 (D) k  3
Which of the above are correct?
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 1 and 3 AC [GATE-EE-2004-IITD]
(25) A unity feedback system, having an open
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3 loop gain becomes stable when
AB [ESE-EE-2007] K (1  s)
G(s)H (s) 
(21) Consider the following statements regarding (1  s)
Routh – Hurwitz criterion for stability:
(A) |K| > 1 (B) K > 1
1. Routh – Hurwitz criterion is a necessary
(C) |K| < 1 (D) K < – 1
and sufficient condition for stability.
2. The relative stability is dictated by the AC [GATE-EC-2008-IISc]
lavation of the roots of the characteristic (26) A certain system has transfer function, where
equation. α is a parameter. Consider the standard
negative unity feedback configuration as
3. A stable system is a dynamic system shown below.
with a bounded response to a bounded
input.
Which of the statements given above are
correct?
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 2 and 3 only s 8
G(s) = 2
(C) 1 and 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3 s  αs  4

www.targate.org Page 31
CONTROL SYSTEM
Which of the following statement is true? K ( s  1)( s  2)
G(s ) 
(A) The closed loop system is never stable ( s  0.1)( s  1)
for any value of α
The range of values of K for which the closed
(B) For some positive values of α , the
loop system is stable will be
closed loop system is stable, but not for
all positive values (A) 0  K  0.3 (B) K  0.3
(C) For all positive values of α , the closed (C) K  3 (D) K  0.3
loop system is stable
AD [GATE-IN-2010-IITG]
(D) The closed loop system is stable for all
(32) The open loop transfer function of a unity
values of α , both positive and negative
gain feedback system is given by
AC [GATE-EC-2001-IITK] K (s  3)
(27) The feedback control system in the figure is G(s) 
( s  1)(s  2)
stable.
The range of positive values of k for which
the closed loop system will remain stable is
(A) 1 < K < 3 (B) 0 < K < 10
(C) 5 < K <  (D) 0 < K < 

(A) For all k  0 ********

(B) only if k  1 +
(C) Only if 0  k  1 NUMERICAL PROB. (STANDARD)
(D) only if 0  k  2 Astable [GATE-EE-1997-IITM]
AB [ESE-EE-2009] (33) Determine whether the system given by the
(28) Which one of the following statements is block diagram of figure is _____
correct for the open – loop transfer function? (stable/unstable)
K ( s  3)
G (s)  For K > 1
s ( s  1)
(A) Open – loop system is stable but the
closed – loop system is unstable.
AA
(B) Open – loop system is unstable but the (34) For the Routh array given below :
closed – loop system is stable.
(C) Both open – loop and closed – loop s3 1 3
systems are unstable.
(D) Both open – loop and closed – loop
s2 4 K
systems are stable. (12  K )
s1 4
A2[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(29) Consider a transfer function
ps 2  3 ps  2
s0 K
G p (s)  2 with p a
s  (3  p ) s  (2  p )
positive real parameter. The maximum value The system is unstable if
of p until which G p remains stable is (A) K > 12 (B) K = 12
_________. (C) K > 3 (D) K < 3
A(K>1/4) [GATE-IN-1993-IITB] AD [GATE-EE-2009-IITR]
(30) The characteristic equation of a closed loop (35) The first two rows of Routh’s tabulation of a
system is s 2  Ks  4 K  1  0 . The system is third order equation are as follows :
stable for K greater than ……
S3 2 2
AB[ESE-EE-2019]
(31) A unity negative feedback control system has S2 4 4
an open-loop transfer function as,
This means there are

Page 32 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 04 – STABILITY/ROUTH HURWITZ
(A) Two roots at s   j and one root in right (A) α  0, αk  3 (B) α  0, αk  3
half s – plane (C) α  0, αk  0 (D) α  0, αk  0
(B) Two roots at s   j 2 and one root in
left half s – plane AB [GATE-EC-1990-IISc]
(C) Two roots at s   j 2 and one root in (41) An electromechanical closed – loop control
system has the following characteristic
right half s – plane
equation:
(D) Two roots at s   j and one root in left
half s – plane s3  6 Ks 2  ( K  2) s  8  0 Where K is the
forward gain of the system. The condition for
AD [GATE-EC-2016-IISc] closed loop stability is :
(36) The first two rows in the Routh table for the
characteristic equation of a certain closed- (A) K = 0.4 (B) K = 2
loop control system are given as (C) K = 0 (D) K = – 2.258
AC [GATE-EC-1993-IITB]
3 2
(42) If s  3s  4s  A  0, then all the roots of
this equation are in the left half plane
provided that
The range of K for which the system is stable (A) A > 12 (B) – 3 < A < 4
is :
(C) 0 < A < 12 (D) 5 < A < 12.
(A) −2.0 < K < 0.5
(B) 0 < K < 0.5 AC [GATE-EE-2003-IITM]
(C) 0 < K < ∞ (43) The loop gain GH of a closed loop system is
(D) 0.5 < K < ∞ given by the following expression
K
A0 [GATE-EE-1994-IITKGP]
s(s  2)(s  4)
(37) The number of positive real roots of the
equation s3  2 s  2  0 is _____ The value of K for which the system just
becomes unstable is
ANSWER : (D) [GATE-IN-2017-IITR]
(38) A closed loop system is shown in the figure. (A) K = 6 (B) K = 8
The system parameter  is not known. The (C) K = 48 (D) K = 96
condition for asymptotic stability of the
closed loop system is AD
(44) The first two rows of Routh’s table of a third
– order characteristic equation are
s3 3 3
s2 4 4
It can be inferred that the system has
(A) (A) One real pole in the right – half of s –
  0.5
plane
(B)  0.5    0.5 (B) A pair of complex conjugate poles in the
(C) 0    0.5 right – half of s – plane
(D)   0.5 (C) A pair of real poles symmetrically
placed around s = 0
AD
(D) a pair of complex conjugate poles on the
(39) The loop gain G(s) H(s) of a closed – loop
imaginary axis of the s – plane
system is given by K/s (s+2) (s+4). The value
of K for which the system just becomes A(–1to4/5) [GATE-EE-1992-IITD]
unstable is: (45) For what range of K the following system
(A) K = 6 (B) K = 4 (shown in figure) is asymptotically stable ?
(C) K = 24 (D) K = 48
AB [GATE-EC-2000-IITKGP]
(40) A system described by the transfer function
1
H(s) = 3 is stable. The
s  αs 2  Ks  3
constraints on α and k are :

www.targate.org Page 33
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB [GATE-EC-2018-IITG] A unity feedback system with forward path
(46) Consider p ( s )  s 3  a 2 s 2  a1s  a 0 with all transfer function
real coefficients. It is known that its K
G ( s)  is stable provided
derivative p '( s) has no real roots. The s (1  sT1 )(1  sT2 )
number of real roots of ( ) is the value of K is given by
(A) 0 (B) 1 T1  T2 T1T2
(A) K  (B) K 
(C) 2 (D) 3 T1T2 T1  T2
T1  T2 T1T2
AC [GATE-EE-2008-IISc] (C) K  (D) K 
(47) Figure shown a feedback system where T1T2 T1  T2
K>0 AA [ESE-EE-2010]
(52) The feedback control system represented by
the open loop transfer function
10(s  2)
G(s)H (s)  is :
 ( s  1)( s  3)(s  5)
The range of k for which system is stable will
be given by (A) Unstable
(A) 0 < K < 30 (B) 0 < K < 39 (B) stable
(C) 0 < K < 390 (D) K > 390 (C) Marginally stable
AA [GATE-EE-2012-IITD] (D) insuff. data
(48) The feedback system shown below oscillates
at 2 rad/s when AD [GATE-IN-2006-IITKGP]
(53) The range of the controller gains ( K p , Ki )
that makes the closed loop control system
(shown in the following figure) stable is given
as.
(A) K = 2 and a = 0.75
(B) K = 3 and a = 0.75
(C) K = 4 and a = 0.5
(D) K = 2 and a = 0.5 Ki
(A) K i  0 and K p   20
AB [GATE-IN-1995-IITK] 12
(49) The condition for stability of a closed – loop (B) K i  0 and K p  0
system with a characteristic equation
Ki
s 3  bs 2  cs  1  0, with positive (C) K i  0 and K p   20
12
coefficients is
K
(A) b  c 1 (B) bc  1 (D) K i  0 and K p  i  20
12
(C) b c (D) b  c
AB [GATE-EE-2004-IITD]
AC [ESE-EE-2002]
(54) For the equation, s 3  4 s 2  s  6  0 the
(50)
number or roots in the left half of s-plane will
be
(A) zero (B) one
(C) two (D) three

The closed loop system shown above AD [GATE-EC-1989-IITK]

becomes marginally stable if the constant K is (55) In order to stabilize the system shown in fig.
chosen to be Ti should satisfy :
(A) 10 (B) 20
(C) 30 (D) 40
AA [ESE-EE-2007]
(51) Which one of the following is correct?

Page 34 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 04 – STABILITY/ROUTH HURWITZ

(A) Ti  T (B) Ti  T AB[ESE-EE-2015]

(61) The characteristic equation of a feedback
(C) Ti  T (D) Ti  T system is s3  Ks 2  5s  10  0 . For a stable
system, the value of K should be greater than
AC [GATE-EC-1998-IITD] (A) 1 (B) 2
(56) The open loop transfer function of an unity
(C) 3 (D) 4.5
2s 2  6 s  5
feedback open loop system is AC[ESE-EC-2018]
 s  12  s  2 (62) Consider the stability of the system shown in
The characteristic equation of the closed loop the figure when analyzed with a positive real
system value of gain K in
2 1. open-loop configuration
(A) 2s  6s  5  0
2. closed-loop configuration
(B) ( s  1)2 (s  2)  0
(C) 2s 2  6s  5  (s  1)2 (s  2)  0
(D) 2s 2  6s  5  (s  1)2 (s  2)  0

AB [GATE-EE-2004-IITD] Which of the following statements is correct?

3 2
(57) For the equation, s  4s  s  6  0 the (A) Both 1 and 2 are stable
number of roots in the left half of s-plane will
be : (B) 1 is suitable and 2 is unstable
(A) Zero (B) One (C) 1 is unstable and 2 is stable
(C) Two (D) Three (D) B oth 1 and 2 are unstable

AD [GATE-IN-2016-IISc] AD[ESE-EC-2017]
(58) The value of a0 which will ensure that the (63) The open-loop transfer function of a unity
feedback control system is
polynomial s3  3s 2  2 s  a0 has roots on the
10
left half of the s-plane is G ( s) H ( s) 
s ( s  2)( s  K )
(A) 11 (B) 9
(C) 7 (D) 5 Here K is a variable parameter. The system
will be stable for all values of
AC[ESE-EE-2018]
(59) The open-loop transfer function of a negative (A) K   2 (B) K  0
feedback is (C) K  1 (D) K  1.45
K
G (s ) H (s)  A2.0 [GATE-EE-2016-IISc]
s( s  5)( s  12) (64) Given the following polynomial equation
For ensuring system stability the gain K s3  5.5s 2  8.5s  3  0
should be in the range
the number of roots of the polynomial, which
(A) 0  K  60 (B) 0  K  600 have real parts strictly less than −1, is ______
(C) 0  K  1020 (D) K  1020 AC [GATE-EE-2016-IISc]
(65) The open loop transfer function of a unity
AA[ESE-EE-2017] feedback control system is given by
(60) The closed-loop transfer function of a system
is K ( s  1)
G (s)  ,
C (s ) s2 s (1  Ts )(1  2 s )
 3
R( s) s  8s 2  19 s  12 K  0, T  0 .
The system is The closed loop system will be stable if,
(A) Stable
(A) 0  T  4( K  1)
(B) Unstable K 1
(C) Conditionally stable
(B) 0  K  4(T  2)
(D) Critically stable T 2

www.targate.org Page 35
CONTROL SYSTEM

(C) 0  K  T  2 (C) 1 < K < 5 only

T 2 (D) 0 < K < 30
(D) 0  T  8( K  1) AC[ESE-EC-2015]
K 1 (71) Given that the transfer function
AD [GATE-IN-2003-IITM] K
G ( s)  2 , the type and order of this
(66) The closed loop control system shown in Fig. s (1  sT )
has τ1  0. the system will remain stable for system are respectively
all τ1 in the range (A) 5 and 2 (B) 2 and 2
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 3 and 3
A0.61 to 0.63 [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(72) For the given system, it is desired that the
system be stable. The minimum value of 
(A) τ1  0.5 (B) 0.5  τ1  1.0 for this condition is ___________ .
(C) τ1  1.0 (D) τ1  1.0

AD [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(67) A closed loop system has the characteristic
equation given by s3  Ks2   K  2 s  3  0 .
For this system to be stable, which one of the AA[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
following conditions should be satisfied? (73) A plant transfer function is given as
(A) 0 < K < 0.5 (B) 0.5 < K < 1  K  1
G (s )   K P  L  . When the plant
 s  s ( s  2)
(C) 0 < K < 1 (D) K < 1 operates in a unity feedback configuration,
the condition for the stability of the closed
AA [ESE-EE-2008]
loop system is
(68) What is the range of K for which the open
K KI
loop transfer function G (s)  (A) KP  0 (B) 2 K I  K P  0
2
s (s  a) 2
represents an stable closed loop system?
(C) 2 K I  K P (D) 2 K I  K P
(A) K > 0
(B) K = 0 AC[ESE-EC-2000]
(C) K < 0 only (74) The open-loop transfer function of unity
feedback control system if
(D)   K  
K
AA [ESE-EE-2009] G(s )  0  a  b
s ( s  a )( s  b )
(69) The characteristic equation of a feed control
system is given by: The system is stable if
3 2
s  6s  9s  4  0 ( a  b)
What the number is of roots in the left – 1 the (A) 0  K 
ab
s – plane?
(A) Three (B) Two ab
(B) 0  K 
(C) One (D) Zero (a  b)

AD [ESE-EC-2008] (C) 0  K  ab ( a  b)
(70) The open loop transfer function of a unity
(D) 0  K  a / b ( a  b )
feedback control system is
K
G(s )  ********
s( s  1)( s  5)
What is the value of K for its stable
operation?
(A) 0 < K < 5 only
(B) 0 < K < 6 only

Page 36 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 04 – STABILITY/ROUTH HURWITZ

NUMERICAL PROBLEMS (TOUGH) AB [GATE-EE-2007-IITK]

(80) If the loop gain K of a negative feedback
AD [ESE-EC-2008] system having a loop transfer function K(s +
(75) Consider the unity feedback system with 3)/(s + 8)2 is to be adjusted to induce a
sustained oscillation then
K
G( s)  2 (A) The frequency of this oscillation must be
(s  2s  2)(s  2)
4/ 3 rad/s
The system is marginally stable. What is the (B) The frequency of this oscillation must be
radian frequency of oscillation?
4 rad/sec
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) The frequency for this oscillation must
be 4 or 4 / 3 rad/s
(C) 5 (D) 6
(D) Such k does not exist
AB[GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP]
AC [ESE-EE-2006]
(76) The positive values of "K" and "a" so that the
(81) An electromechanical closed – loop control
system shown in the figure below oscillates at
system has the transfer function
a frequency of 2 rad/sec respectively are
C ( s) k
 2
.
R ( s ) s ( s  s  1)( s  4)  k
Which one of the following is correct?
(A) 1,0.75 (B) 2, 0.75 (A) The system is stable for all positive
values of k.
(C) 1, 1 (D) 2, 2
(B) The system is unstable for all values of k
(C) The system is stable for values of k
AA[ESE-EE-2016]
between zero and 3.36
(77) The frequency of sustained oscillation for
(D) The system is stable for values of k
marginal stability, for a control system
between 1.6 and 2.45
2k
G ( s) H ( s )  AA [GATE-EE-2019-IITM]
s( s  1)( s  5)
(82) The characteristic equation of a linear time-
and operating with negative feedback, is invariant (LTI) system is given by
(s)  s 4  3s3  3s 2  s  k  0
(A) 5r / s (B) 6r / s
The system is BIBO stable if
(C) 5 r / s (D) 6 r / s
8
A8.9-9.1[GATE-IN-2018-IITG] (A) 0  k  (B) k  3
9
(78) Consider a standard negative feedback
1 12
configuration with G ( s )  and (C) 0  k  (D) k  6
( s  1)( s  2) 9
s AC [ESE-EE-2002]
H (s)  . For the closed loop system to
s (83) The characteristic equation of a system is
have poles on the imaginary axis, the value of 4 3 2
 should be equal to (up to one decimal given by 3s  10s  5s  2  0. this system
place) _____. is
(A) Stable
AA [ESE-EC-2008]
(B) Marginally stable
(79) The closed loop transfer function of a control
system is (C) Unstable
(D) Neither (A), (B) not (C)
K
s(s  1)(s  5)  K A2 [GATE-EE-1997-IITM]
(84) The system represented by the transfer
What is the frequency of the sustained function
oscillations for marginally stable condition? s 2  10s  24
G ( s) 
(A) 5 rad/s (B) 6 rad/s s 4  6s 3  39s 2  19s  84
(C) 5 rad/s (D) 6 rad/s has _____ pole(s) in the right-half of s-plane.

www.targate.org Page 37
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB [ESE-EE-2010] AC [GATE-IN-2008-IISc]
(85) Using Routh’s criterion, the number of roots (91) A closed loop control system is shown below.
in the right half S – plane for the The range of the controller gain KC which
characteristic equation: will make the real parts of all the closed loop
poles more negative than – 1 is
s4  2s3  2s2  3s  6  0
(A) One (B) Two
(C) Three (D) Four
AD [ESE-EC-2011]
(86) The characteristic equation of a control (A) KC  4 (B) KC  0
system is given as:
(C) KC  2 (D) KC  2
s 4  8 s 3  24 s 2  32 s  K  0
What is the value of K for which the system AA[ESE-EE-2019]
is unstable? (92) A system with characteristic equation :

(A) 10 (B) 20 F ( s )  s 4  6s 3  23s 2  40s  50

(C) 60 (D) 100 will have closed-loop poles such that,
(A) all poles lie in the left half of the s-plane
AA [GATE-IN-2002-IISc] and no pole lies on imaginary axis.
(87) The partial Routh array of the characteristic
equation of a system is given by : (B) two poles lie symmetrically on the
imaginary axis of the s-plane.
s4 1 a 8 (C) all four poles lie on the imaginary axis
s 3
3 12 of the s-plane.
(D) all four poles lie in the righyt half of the
The system oscillates with a frequency of 2 s-plane.
rad/s. The value of the parameter ‘a’ of the
system is AC[ESE-EE-2018]
(93) A system with characteristic equation,
(A) 6 (B) 2
s 4  2 s3  11s 2  18s  18  0
(C) 8 (D) 12
will have closed-loop poles such that,
AC[ESE-EC-2000] (A) all poles lie in the left half of the s-plane
(88) Which one of the following characteristic and no pole lies on imaginary axis.
equations of result in the stable operation of
the feedback system? (B) all poles lie in the right half of the s-
plane.
(A) s   4 s 2  s  6  0
(C) two poles lie in the right half of the s-
(B) s   s 2  5s  6  0 plane.
(C) s   4 s 2  10 s  11  0 (D) all four poles lie on the imaginary axis
of the s-plane.
(D) s 4  s3  2s 2  4s  6  0
AB[ESE-EE-2015]
AC [GATE-EE-1998-IITD] (94) How many roots of the following equation lie
(89) The number of roots on the equation in the right-half of s-plane?
2S 4  S3  3S 2  5s  7  0 that lie in the right
2 s 4  s 3  2 s 2  5 s  10  0
half of S plane is
(A) Zero (B) One (A) 1 (B) 2
(C) Two (D) Three (C) 3 (D) 4

A3.3 [GATE-EC-2016-IISc] AB[ESE-EC-2019]

(90) The transfer function of a linear time (95) If the characteristic equation of a feedback
invariant system is given by control system is given by,
s 4  20s 3  15s 2  2s  K  0
H (s)  2s 4  5s3  5s  2
The number of zeros in the right half of the s- then the range of values of K for the system to
plane is _______ . be stable will be

Page 38 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 04 – STABILITY/ROUTH HURWITZ
(A) 1  K  2.49 (B) 0  K  1.49 k
G(s ) 
(C) 1  K  4.49 (D) 0  K  3.49 (s  2)(s  4)(s 2  6s  25)
AC[ESE-EC-2016] What is the value of k which causes sustained
(96) The characteristic equation of a certain oscillations in the closed loop system?
freedback control system is given by (A) 590 (B) 666.25
4 3 2
s  4 s  13s  36 s  K  0 . The range of (C) 990 (D) 1190
values of K for which the feedback system is 1 AC [ESE-EE-2014]
stable, is given by (102) The characteristic equation of a feedback
(A) 0  K  4 (B) 4  K  36 control system is

(C) 0  K  36 (D) 13  K  36 s 4  s 3  2 s 2  4 s  15  0
The number of roots in the right half of the s-
AD[ESE-EC-2015] plane is
(97) The feedback system with characteristic
equation (A) 4 (B) 3
(C) 2 (D) 1
s 4  20 Ks 3  5s 2  10 s  15  0 is
AA [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
(A) Stable for all values of K
(103) The open – loop transfer function of a unity
(B) Stable for positive values of K feedback system is
(C) Stable for 7.0 < K <  k
G(s) = 2 the range of ‘k’
(D) Unstable for any value of K s(s  s  2)( s  3)
for which the system is stable
AB
(98) Consider the following equation 21
(A) k 0 (B) 13  k  0
4 3 2 4
2s  s  3s  5s 10  0
21
How many roots does this equation have in (C) k  (D) 6  k 
4
the right half of s – plane?
(A) One (B) Two AB [GATE-EC-2004-IITD]
(104) For the polynomial
(C) Three (D) Four
5 4 3 2
P(s) = s  s  2 s  2 s  3 s  15 ,
ANSWER : (C) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR] the number of roots which lie i the right half
(99) Which one of the following options correctly
of the s – plane is
describes the locations of the roots of the
(A) 4 (B) 2
equation s 4  s 2  1  0 on the complex
plane? (C) 3 (D) 1
(A) Four left half plane (LHP) roots. AC [GATE-EC-2008-IISc]
(105) The number of open right half plane poles
(B) One right half plane (RHP) root, one
LHP root and two roots on the 10
imaginary axis. G(s) = is
s  2 s  3s 3  6 s 2  5 s  3
5 4

(C) Two RHP roots and two LHP roots. (A) 0 (B) 1
(D) All four roots are on the imaginary axis. (C) 2 (D) 3
AD [GATE-EC-1988-IITKGP] AC [GATE-EC-2002-IISc]
(100) Consider a characteristic equation given by (106) The characteristic polynomial of a system
5 4 3 2
s4  3s3  5s2  6s  K 10  0 q(s) = 2s  s  4s  2s  2s 1.
The system is
The ability is
(A) stable
(A) K > 5 (B) – 10 < K (B) marginally stable
(C) K > – 4 (D) – 10 < K < – 4 (C) unstable
(D) oscillatory
AB [ESE-EC-2006]
(101) The open loop transfer function of a unity AC [GATE-EE-2006-IITKGP]
negative feedback control system is given by (107) The algebraic equation

www.targate.org Page 39
CONTROL SYSTEM

F (s)  s5  3s4  5s3  7s2  4s  20 (A) Zero (B) 2

is given. (C) 4 (D) 6
F(s) = 0 has AA [GATE-EE-2018-IITG]
(113) The number of roots of the polynomial,
(A) Single complex root with the remaining
roots being real s 7  s 6  7 s 5  14 s 4  31s 3  73s 2  25s  200 ,
in the open left half of the complex plane is
(B) One Positive real root and four complex
roots, all with positive real parts (A) 3 (B) 4
(C) One negative real root, two imaginary (C) 5 (D) 6
roots, and two roots with positive real
parts
(D) One positive real root, two imaginary
-----0000-----
roots, and two roots with negative real
parts
AC [ESE-EC-2008]
(108) The characteristic equation of a control
system is given by
s5  s4  2s3  2s2  4s  6  0
What is the number of roots of the equation
which lie in the right half of s – plane?
(A) Zero (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
A2[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(109) The characteristic equation of an LTI system
is given by
F ( s )  s 5  2 s 4  3 s 3  6 s 2  4 s  8  0 . The
number of roots that lie strictly in the left half
s-plane is ____.
AC[ESE-EE-2018]
(110) The characteristic polynomial of a feedback
control system is given by
R( s)  s5  2s 4  2s3  4s 2  11s  10
For this system, the numbers of roots that lie
in the left hand and right hand s-plane
respectively, are
(A) 5 and 0 (B) 4 and 1
(C) 3 and 2 (D) 2 and 3
AA[ESE-EC-2015]
(111) The oscillation frequency of the system with
the characteristic equation
s 6  2 s 5  3s 4  4 s 3  3s 2  2s  1  0 is
(A) +1 radian/sec (B) –1 radian/sec
(C) j1 radian/sec (D) –j1 radian/sec
AC [ESE-EC-2003]
(112) The characteristic equation of a control
system is given by
s 6  2 s 5  8 s 4  12 s 3  20 s 2  16 s  16  0
The number of roots of the equation which lie
on the imaginary axis of s – plane is

Page 40 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 04 – STABILITY/ROUTH HURWITZ

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
D A A B D * 0 B C B
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
A D B B A A C C D C
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
B * A D C C C B 2 *
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
B D * A D D 0 D D B
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
B C C D * B C A B C
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
A A D B D C B D C A
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
B C D * C D D A A D
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
C * A C D B A * A B
81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90.
C A C 2 B D A C C 3.3
91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100.
C A C B B C D B C D
101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110.
B C A B C C C C 2 C
111. 112. 113.
A C A

6. False

22. True

30. (K>1/4)

33. stable

45. –1 to 4/5

64. 2.0

72. 0.61 to 0.63

78. 8.9 to 9.1

www.targate.org Page 41
 05
Time domain Parameters
TYPE AND ORDER OF SYSTEM AD[ESE-EC-1999]
(6) The system with the open-loop transfer
AA function
(1) The type of the transfer function, 1
K G ( s) H ( s)  is :
G( s ) H ( s )  is : s(1  s)
s  2 s 2  3s
3
(A) type 2 and order 1
(A) 1 (B) 2 (B) type 1 and order 1
(C) 3 (D) 4 (C) type 0 and order 0
AC [ESE-EE-2008] (D) type 1 and order 2
(2) A control system has a transfer function AA [ESE-EE-2008]
K (1  0.5s)(1  2s  5s ) 2 (7) The type number of the control system with
. K ( s  2)
s (1  s)(1  5s  10s2 )(1  100s  500s2 )
2 G(s)H(s) = is :
s ( s 2  2 s  3)
What is the type of the system?
(A) One (B) Two
(A) 0 (B) I (C) Three (D) Four
(C) II (D) III
AC[ESE-EC-2015] ********
(3) Given that the transfer function
K FIRST ORDER SYSTEM
G ( s)  2 , the type and order of this
s (1  sT )
system are respectively AA [GATE-IN –2004]
(8) For a first order instrument a 5% settling time
(A) 5 and 2 (B) 2 and 2 is equal to
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 3 and 3 (A) Three times the time constant
(B) Two times the time constant
AB [GATE-EC –1998] (C) The time constant
(4) Consider a feedback control system with loop (D) Time required for the output signal to
transfer function reach 5% of the final value
K (1  0.5s)
G(s)H (s)  AC [GATE-EC-2004-IITD]
s(1  s)(1  2s) (9) A causal system having the transfer function
The type of the closed loop system is 1
G(s) = is excited with 10u (t). The time
(A) zero (B) one s2
at which the output reaches 99% of its steady
(C) two (D) three
state value is
AB [ESE-EE-2005] (A) 2.7 sec (B) 2.5 sec
(5) What are the order and type of closed loop (C) 2.3 sec (D) 2.1 sec
system for the plant transfer function
k AC [GATE-EE-2010-IITG]
G (s )  2 and with unity feedback? 2
s (1  Ts ) (10) For the system , the approximate time
(A) Two and two (B) Three and two
( s  1)
taken for a step response to reach 98% of its
(C) Two and zero (D) Three and zero
final value is :

Page 42 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
(A) 1s (B) 2 s 1 2
(A) (B)
(C) 4 s (D) 8 s 1  2s 2s
3.2% [GATE-IN-1992-IITD] 1 2s
(C) (D)
(11) The time constant of a first order instrument 2s 1  2s
having an inductance L and resistance R is
equal to ……… and is also equal to the time AC [GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP]
taken to indicate ……. percent of step input. (17) The unit impulse response of a system is h (t)
= et , t  0. for this system, the steady–state
2
A [GATE-IN-1993-IITB] value of the output for unit step input is equal
1  600s to
(12) A unit step is applied at t = 0 to a first order
system without time delay. The response has (A)  1 (B) 0
a value of 1.264 units at t = 10 mins. and 2 (C) 1 (D) 
units at steady state. The transfer function of
the system is ……. AC [GATE-IN-1999-IITB]
1
AC[GATE-IN-2003-IITM] (18) A system with transfer function ,
(13) The response of a system to a unit impulse is τs  1
y(t) = e–5(t–1). Which one of the following is subjected to a step input takes 10 seconds to
the correct statement about the system ? reach 50% of the step height. The value of τ
is :
(A) The system is nonlinear
(A) 6.9 s (B) 10 s
(B) The system is unstable in open loop
(C) 14.4 s (D) 20 s
(C) The steady-state gain of the system for a
unit step input is 0.2 AB
(19) Differential equation model of a physical
(D) The steady-stage gain of the system for a system, determine the time constant of the
unit step input is 1.0 system:

AC [GATE-IN-1994-IITKGP] dx
40  2 x  f (t )
(14) A first order process has a static gain of 1, a dt
time constant of 1 sec and transport delay of (A) 10 (B) 20
0.1 sec. Its transfer function is
1
e s e  10 s
(C) (D) 4
(A) (B) 10
1  0.1s 1 s
AC [GATE-EE-1995-IITK]
e  0.1s e 0.1s (20) The impulse response of an initially relaxed
(C) (D)
1 s 1  0.1s linear system is e2 t u (t ). to produce a
AB [ESE-EC-2006] response of te 2t u (t ), the input must be equal
(15) Consider the following statements: to
For the first order transient systems, the time 1 2 t
constant is (A) 2e t u (t ) (B) e u (t )
2
1. A specification of transient response
2. Reciprocal of real–axis pole location (C) e2t u (t ) (D) e t u (t )
3. An indication of accuracy of response
AA[ESE-EC-2018]
4. An indication of speed of the response
(21) The open-loop transfer function of a system is
Which of the statements given above is/are
correct? 10 K
(A) Only 1 and 2 (B) Only 1, 2 and 4 1  10s
(C) Only 3 and 4 (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4 When the system is converted into a closed-
loop with unity feedback, the time constant of
AB [GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP] the system is reduced by a factor of 20. The
(16) The unit–step response of a system starting value of K is
from rest is given by for
(A) 1.9 (B) 1.6
c(t )  1  e2t (t  0) . The transfer function of (C) 1.3 (D) 1.0
the system is :

www.targate.org Page 43
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB [GATE-EC-2007-IITK] AB[ESE-EC-2018]
(22) The frequency response of a linear, time– (26) A unit-step input to a first-order system G( s)
invariant system is given by H (f) = yields a response as shown in the figure. This
5 can happen when the values of K and a,
. The step response of the system
1  j10πf respectively are
is :
t
  
(A) 5(1  e5t )u(t ) (B) 5 1  e 5  u (t )
 
 
1 1
(C)
5
 
1 e5t u(t) (D)
 s+5  s+1
A0.556 [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(23) For a system having transfer function (A) 10 and 10 (B) 5 and 10
s  1
G s   , a unit step input is applied at (C) 10 and 16 (D) 5 and 5
s 1
time t = 0. The value of the response of the AD
system at t = 1.5sec (rounded off to the three (27) If a first order system and its time response to
decimal places) is ________. a unit step input are as shown below, the gain
K is
AA [GATE-EE-1991-IITM]
(24) A first order system and its response to a unit
step input are shown in Fig. below, the
system parameters are
a = _______
K= _______

(A) 0.25 (B) 0.8

(C) 1 (D) 4

(A) 5, 10 (B) 8, 10 AD [ESE-EC-2003]

(28) The unit impulse response of a system having
(C) 6, 10 (D) 1,2
K
transfer function is shown below. The
AB sa
(25) The unit step response is given below, the value of  is
forward path gain is

1
(A) t1 (B)
t1
(A) 2 (B) 4
1
(C) 5 (D) 50 (C) t 2 (D)
t2

Page 44 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
AA [GATE-EE-2015-IITK] AA
(29) The unit step response of a system with the (31) A second order control system with   0 is
1  2s always
transfer function G(s)  is given by
1 s (A) Marginally stable
which one of the following waveforms? (B) stable
(C) Unstable
(D) none of these
AB [ESE-EC-2010]
(32) From the point of view of stability and
(A) response speed of a closed loop system, the
appropriate range for the value of damping
ratio lies between
(A) 0 to 0.2 (B) 0.4 to 0.7
(C) 0.8 to 1.0 (D) 1.1 to 1.5
AC [GATE-EC –1995]
(33) For a second order system, damping ratio (),
(B) is 0    1, then the roots of the
characteristic polynomial are
(A) real but not equal.
(B) real and equal.
(C) complex conjugates.
(D) imaginary.
AC[ESE-EE-2017]
(34) In a system, the damping coefficient is –2.
(C)
The system response will be
(A) Undamped
(B) Oscillations with decreasing magnitude
(C) Oscillations with increasing magnitude
(D) Critically damped
AA
(35) In the case of over damped system rise time is
(D) considered as the time required to reach the
unit step response
(A) 10% to 90% of final value
(B) 0 to 100% of final value
******** (C) 0 to 50% of final value
(D) 10% to 50% of final value
SECOND ORDER SYSTEM
AD
BASIC REFRESHER (36) The time needed for the response to reach
50% of the final value is termed as
AC (A) rise time (B) nothing
(30) A second order control system with   0 is
(C) Settling time (D) delay time
always
(A) Stable AA
(37) For non – oscillatory response the acceptable
(B) marginally stable value of damping ratio is:
(C) Unstable (A) 1 (B) 0
(D) inherently stable (C) 0.5 to 0.8 (D) None

www.targate.org Page 45
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC e  n  / 1 2
, n  1, 2,....
(38) In a critically damped system
(A) Oscillations are prominent (A) Both A and R true and 'R' is the correct
explanation of 'A'
(B) No oscillations are observed
(C) Oscillations just disappear (B) Both A and R true and 'R' is NOT the
(D) Oscillations are sustained correct explanation of 'A'
(C) 'A' is true, 'R' is false
AA
(39) An increase in damping ratio (D) 'A' is false, 'R' is true
(A) Increases rise time AB [ESE-EE-2013]
(B) decreases rise time (44) For a critically damped second order system,
(C) Does not affect rise time if gain constant (K) is increased, the system
(D) Keeps the time within limits behaviour
(A) Becomes oscillatory
AD [ESE-EE-2009]
(40) Consider the following: (B) Becomes under damped
1. Rise time 2. Settling time (C) Becomes over damped
3. Delay time 4. Peak time (D) Shows no change

What is the correct sequence of the time AB[ESE-EE-2016]

domain specifications of a second order (45) For a critically damped system, the closed-
system in the loop poles are
(A) purely imaginary
ascending order of the values?
(B) real, equal and negative
(A) 2 – 4 – 1 – 3 (B) 3 – 4 – 1 – 2
(C) complex conjugate with negative real
(C) 2 – 1 – 4 – 3 (D) 3 – 1 – 4 – 2 part
AB[ESE-EC-2015] (D) real, unequal and negative
(41) The rise time of the output response of a low
pass filter circuit when a step input is applied AD[ESE-EE-2015]
will be (46) Consider the time response of a second-order
system with damping coefficient less than 1
(A) Proportional to the band width
to a unit step input:
(B) Inversely proportional to the band width 1. It is overdamped
(C) Half the value of the band width 2. It is a periodic function.
1 3. Time duration between any two
(D) of the band width
2 consecutive values of 1 is the same.
AAC[ESE-EC-2000] Which of the above statements is/are correct?
(42) A second order system has the damping ratio (A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 only
 and undamped natural frequency of
(C) 2 only (D) 3 only
oscillation n . The settling time at 2%
tolerance band of the system is AB[ESE-EC-2018]
(47) Settling time is the time required for the
(A) 2 / n (B) 3 / n
system response to settle within a certain
(C) 4 / n (D) n percentage of
(A) maximum value
AAA[ESE-EC-2000]
(43) Assertion (A) : The largest undershoot (B) final value
corresponding to a unit step input to an (C) input amplitude value
underdamped second order system with
damping ratio  and undamped natural (D) transient error value

frequency of oscillation n is e2/ 12

. AC[ESE-EC-2016]
(48) For a second-order differential equation, if the
Reason (R) : The overshoots and undershoots damping ratio  , is unity, then
of a second order underdamped system is

Page 46 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
(A) The poles are imaginary and complex NUMERICAL PROBLEMS
conjugate
(B) The poles are in the right half of s-plane A AC[GATE-EC-2001-IITK]
(54) If the characteristic equation of a closed-loop
(C) The poles are equal, negative and real
system is s 2  2s  2  0 , then the system is
(D) Both the poles are unequal, negative and
real (A) overdamped
(B) critically damped
AD[ESE-EC-2015]
(C) underdamped
(49) The time required for the step response to
decrease and stay within a specified (D) undamped
percentage of its final value is called
AC [GATE-EE-2008-IISc]
(A) Delay time (B) Rise time
(55) The transfer function of a system is given as
(C) Lag time (D) Settling time 100
2
AA [ESE-EE-2013] s  20s  100
(50) Damping ratio  and peak overshoot Mp are The system is :
measures of (A) An over damped system
(A) Relative stability (B) An under damped system
(B) Absolute stability (C) A critically damped system
(C) Speed of response (D) An unstable system
(D) Steady state error
AB[ESE-EC-1999]
AC [GATE-EC-2005-IITB] (56) The response c(t) of a system is described by
(51) In the derivation of expression for peak the differential equation
percent overshoot
d 2 c(t ) dc(t )
  π  4  5c(t )  0
dt 2 dt
M P  exp    100%
 1 2  The system response is
 
Which one of the following conditions is (A) undamped
NOT required? (B) underdamped
(A) System is linear and time invariant (C) critically damped
(B) The system transfer function has a pair (D) oscillatory
of complex conjugate poles and no
zeroes. AB
(C) There is no transportation delay in the (57) The solution of the differential equation
system. d 2x dx
(D) The system has zero initial conditions. 2
 2  2x  1 is
dt dt
PURE IMAGINARY[GATE-EC-1994-IITKGP] (A) Critically damped
(52) The poles of a continuous time oscillator are
……….. (B) Under damped
(C) Over damped
Aa-1, b-5, c-4[GATE-EC-1994-IITKGP]
(53) Match the following codes with List-I with (D) Steady
List-II AD[ESE-EC-2001]
List-I (58) Two identical first-order systems have been
(a) Very low response at very high cascaded non-interactively. The unit step
frequencies response of the systems will be
(b) Over shoot (A) overdamped
(c) Over shoot (B) underdamped
List-II (C) undamped
(1) Low pass systems
(2) Velocity damping (D) critically damped
(3) Natural frequency AC[ESE-EC-2017]
(4) Phase-sensitive modulation (59) If the characteristic equation of a closed-loop
(5) Damping ratio system is 2 s 2  6 s  6  0 , then the system is

www.targate.org Page 47
CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) overdamped AA[ESE-EE-2016]
(65) A system has a transfer function
(B) critically damped
C ( s) 4
(C) underdamped  2
R( s) s  1.6 s  4
(D) undamped
For a unit-step response and 2% tolerance
AC band, the settling time will be
C (s ) 16 (A) 5 seconds (B) 4 seconds
(60) For the system 
R( s ) s 2  8s  16 (C) 3 seconds (D) 2 seconds
The nature of the time response will be AA[ESE-EC-2016]
(A) oversampled (66) The closed-loop transfer function of a certain
(B) under damped control system is given by
(C) Critically damped C ( s) 100
 2
R( s) s  10 s  100
(D) none of these
Then the settling time for a 2% tolerance
AAA[ESE-EC-2000]
(61) Which one of the following transfer functions band is given by
represents the critically damped system ? (A) 0.8 s (B) 1.2 s
1 (C) 1.5 s (D) 2.1 s
(A) H1 (s) 
s 2  4s  4 AC[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(67) For the second order closed-loop system
1 shown in the figure, the natural frequency (in
(B) H 2 (s)  2
s  3s  4 rad/s) is :
1
(C) H 3 (s ) 
s 2  2s  4
1
(D) H 4 ( s)  2
s s4
AB [GATE-IN-1996-IISc] (A) 16 (B) 4
(62) For a unity feedback system with open loop (C) 2 (D) 1
9
gain G(s) = , the closed loop system AAB [GATE-EE-2003-IITM]
s ( s  3)
(68) A control system with certain excitation is
will have a damping ratio of
governed by the following mathematical
(A) 0.33 (B) 0.5 equation
(C) 1.0 (D) 3.0 d 2 x 1 dx 1
  x  10  5e4t  2e5t
AA[GATE-IN-2000-IITKGP] dt 2 2 dt 18
(63) For a unity feedback system with open loop The natural time constants of the response of
9 the system are
transfer function G(s) = , the
s ( s  2) (A) 2s and 5 s (B) 3s and 6s
damping ratio is (C) 4s and 5s (D) 1/3s and 1/6s
(A) 1/3 (B) 1/2
AB[ESE-EC-2018]
(C) 1 (D) 2 (69) For a closed-loop system shown in the figure,
what is the settling-time for 2% settling of
AB [GATE-EC-2002-IISc]
the steady-state condition, assuming unit-step
(64) The transfer function of a system is G(s) =
input?
100
for a unit–step input to the
( s  1)(s  100)
system the approximate settling time for 2%
criterion is
(A) 100 sec (B) 4 sec (A) 0.33 s (B) 1.33 s
(C) 1 sec (D) 0.01 sec (C) 2.33 s (D) 3.33 s

Page 48 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
AB [ESE-EC-2011] AB
(70) Consider a second order all–pole transfer (76) A unity feedback system with open loop
function model, if the desired settling time 20
transfer function of is excited by a
(5%) is 0.60 sec and the desired damping s( s  5)
ratio 0.707, where should the poles be located
unit step input. How much time will be
in s–plane? required for the response to settle within 2%
(A) 5  j 4 2 (B) 5  j 5 of final desired value?
(C) 4  j 5 2 (D) 4  j 7 (A) 0.25 sec (B) 1.60 sec

AB[GATE-EC-1999-IITB] (C) 2.40 sec (D) 4.00 sec

(71) For a second-order system with the closed- AA [ESE-EC-2004]
loop transfer function (77) What is the unit step response of a unity
9 feedback control system having forward path
T (s )  2
the settling time for 2- transfer function?
s  4s  9
percent band, in seconds, is : 80
(A) 1.5 (B) 2.0 G (s)  ?
s ( s  18)
(C) 3.0 (D) 4.0
(A) Over damped
AC[ESE-EC-2015]
(72) The second-order system defined by (B) Critically damped
25 (C) Under damped
is given a step input. The time
s 2  5s  25 (D) Undamped oscillatory
taken for the output to settle within 2% is
(A) 1.2 s (B) 2 s AD [GATE-IN-2010-IITG]
(78) A unity feedback system has an open loop
(C) 1.6 s (D) 0.4 s
k
transfer function G(s) = . The value of
AC [ESE-EC-2013] s ( s  3)
(73) The transfer function, of a system is G(s) = k that yields damping ratio of 0.5 for the
100 closed loop system is
2 . The unit step response of the
s  10s  100 (A) 1 (B) 3
system will settle in approximately :
(C) 5 (D) 9
(A) 2 sec (B) 1 sec
(C) 0.8 sec (D) 1.5 sec AD [ESE-EC-2010]
(79) In a unity feedback control system with G(s)
AD [ESE-EC-2013] 4
(74) The open-loop transfer function of a unity = 2 when subjected to unit step input,
feedback control system is s  0.4s
it is required that system response should be
1 settled within 2% tolerance band; the system
G(s) =
(s  2)2 setting time is :
The closed loop transfer function poles are (A) 1 sec (B) 2 sec
located at :
(C) 10 sec (D) 20 sec
(A) -2, -2 (B) -2, -1
(C) -2, +2 (D) -2, ±j1 AB [ESE-EE-2001]
(80) A second order control system is defined by
AD [ESE-EC-2013] the following differential equation:
(75) A second order system is described by The
d 2 c(t ) dc(t )
d2x dx 4 8  16c(t )  16u (t )
equation 2  5  7 x  7 y . The dt 2 dt
dt dt
frequency and damping ratio respectively The damping ratio and natural frequency for
are : this system are respectively
(A) 1 rad/sec and 5 (A) 0.25 & 2 rad/s
(B) 5 rad/sec and 7 (B) 0.50 & 2 rad/s
(C) 1 rad/sec and 7 (C) 0.25 & 4 rad/s
(D) 7 rad/sec and 0.94 (D) 0.50 & 4 rad/s

www.targate.org Page 49
CONTROL SYSTEM
A38.13-38.19[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP] (A) 0.35s (B) 0.58s
(81) The natural frequency of an undamped
(C) 0.79s (D) 0.96s
second-order system is 40 rad/s. If the system
is damped with a damping ratio 0.3, the AB [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
damped natural frequency in rad/s is ____. (88) A certain system exhibited an overshoot of
16% when subjected to an input of 2u(t),
AD [ESE-EC-2007]
where u(t) is a step input. The damping ratio
(82) For second–order system
and decay ratio respectively are
d2y dy
2 2
 4  8 y  8x (A) (0.8, 0.0810) (B) (0.5, 0.0256)
dt dt
What is the damping ratio? (C) (1.0, 0.1626) (D) (1.1, 0.0089)
(A) 0.1 (B) 0.25
AB [ESE-EC-2006]
(C) 0.333 (D) 0.5 (89) What is the value of k for a unity feedback
AA [ESE-EE-2004] k
system with G(s) = to have a peak
(83) Consider the following transfer functions: s(1  s)
1. 1/ (S2+S+1) overshoot of 50%?
2
2. 4/ (S +2S+4) (A) 0.53 (B) 5.3
3. 2/ (S2+2S+1)
(C) 0.6 (D) 0.047
4. 1/ (S2+6S+3)
5. 3/ (S2+6S+3) AC [ESE-EC-2013]
(90) If the overshoot of the unit-step response of a
Which of the above transfer functions second order system is 30%, then the time at
represent under damped second order which peak overshoot
systems?
Occurs(assuming n = 10 rad/sec)
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 1, 4 and 5
(A) 0.36 sec (B) 0.363 sec
(C) 1, 2 and 3 (D) 1, 3 and 5
(C) 0.336 sec (D) 0.633 sec
AC
(84) If M p  100%, the damping ratio is ANSWER : (C) [GATE-EE-2017-IITR]
(91) Which of the following systems has
(A) 1 (B) 0 maximum peak overshoot due to a unit step
(C) 0.5 (D) infinity input?
100 100
A100 [GATE-IN-2015-IITK] (A) 2
(B) 2
s  10s  100 s  15s  100
1
(85) A system with transfer function G(s)  100 100
2
s 1 (C) 2 (D) 2
s  5s  100 s  20s  100
has zero initial conditions. The percentage
overshoot in its step response is _____ %. AC [GATE-EE-1996-IISc]
(92) Consider the unit step response of a unity
A2.7 – 3.0 [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
feedback control system whose open loop
(86) The open-loop transfer function of a unity-
transfer function is
feedback control system is given by
K 1
G ( s)  G(s) 
s ( s  2) s(s  1)
For the peak overshoot of the closed-loop The maximum overshoot is equal to
system to a unit step input to be 10%, the (A) 0 .1 4 3 (B) 0.153
value of K is ________ (C) 0.163 (D) 0.173
AC[ESE-EE-2018] AC [ESE-EC-2008]
(87) A unit step input to a unity feedback system is (93) A second order control system has a transfer
shown in the figure, the time for peak 16
overshoot is, nearly function 2 . What is the time for the
s  4 s  16
first overshoot ?
2π π
(A) s (B) s
3 3

Page 50 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS

π π AC [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(C) s (D) s (99) For the following feedback system G (S)
2 3 4 3
1
= . The 2% settling time of the
AB [GATE-EE-2000-IITKGP]  s  1 s  2
(94) A unity feedback system has open loop
step response is required to be less than 2
25 seconds. Which one of the following
transfer function G(s) = . the peak
s(s  6) compensators C (S) achieves this?
overshoot in the step – input response of the
system is approximately equal to
(A) 5% (B) 10%
(C) 15% (D) 20%
AD [ESE-EC-2013]  1   0.03 
(95) Which has one of the following transfer (A) 3   (B) 5   1
functions the greatest overshoot ?  s 5  s 
9 16  s 8
(A) (B) (C) 2(s + 4) (D) 4  
2
s  2s  9 2
s  2s  16  s  3
25 36 AB [GATE-EC-1988-IITKGP]
(C) 2 (D) 2
s  2s  25 s  2s  36 (100) A critically damped, continuous–time, second
order system, when sampled, will have (in Z
AD [GATE-IN-1999-IITB] domain)
0.8
(96) The system G(s) = 2 is subjected to (A) A simple pole
s s 2
step input. The system output y (t) as t   (B) Double pole on real axis
is :
(C) Double pole on imaginary axis
(A) 0.8 (B) 0.4
(D) A pair of complex conjugate poles.
(C) – 0.4 (D) Unbounded
AC [GATE-EC-2002-IISc]
AA [GATE-EC-2019-IITM] (101) Consider a system with the transfer function
(97) Consider a causal second-order system with
the transfer function
s6
G(s) = 2
. Its damping ratio will be
Ks  s  6
1 0.5 when the value of K is
G(s) 
1  2s  s 2
(A) 2/6 (B) 3
1
with a unit-step R(s)  as an input. Let C(s) (C) 1/6 (D) 6
s
be the corresponding output. The time taken AC [ESE-EE-2009]
by the sytem output c(t) to reach 94% of its (102) The unit step response of a system is
steady-state value lim c(t) , rounded off to
t 
[1  et (1  t )]u(t ). what is the nature of
two decimal places, is system in turn of stability?
(A) 4.50 (B) 3.89 (A) Unstable (B) Stable
(C) Critically stable (D) Oscillatory
(C) 2.81 (D) 5.25
AB [ESE-EC-2011]
AC
(103)
(98) A linear time invariant system initially at rest,
when subjected to unit step input given a
response y (t )  te  t , t  0. the
corresponding transfer function is
1 1 What is the unit impulse response of the
(A) (B)
( s  1)2 s(s 1)2 system shown in figure for t  0?
s 1 (A) 1  e  t (B) 1  e  t
(C) (D)
( s  1)2 s(s  1) (C) e
t
(D)  e
t

www.targate.org Page 51
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB [ESE-EC-2013]
(104) Derivative feedback is employed in the
control system shown in the figure, to
improve its damping. If the required damping
factor of the system is 0.5, the value of Kd
must be adjusted to : (A) –1 and –15 (B) 6 and 10
(C) –4 and –15 (D) –6 and –10
A0.241 [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]
(109) An open loop control system results in a
response of e  2 t (sin 5t  cos 5t ) for a unit
impulse input. The DC gain of the control
(A) 4 (B) 19 system is ________ .
(C) 0.25 (D) 6 A400[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(110) A unity negative feedback system has an
AA [GATE-EE-1995-IITK]
open-loop transfer function
(105) The closed loop transfer function of a control
system is given by K
G (s)   , the gain K for the system
s ( s  10)
C ( s) 2(s  1)
 to have a damping ratio of 0.25 is _____.
R(s) (s  2)(s  1)
AB [GATE-EC-1998-IITD]
For a unit step input the output is : (111) The unit impulse response of a linear time
2t
invariant system is the unit step function u(t).
(A) 3e  4et 1 For t > 0, the response of the system to an
excitation e  a t u (t), a > 0 will be
2t t
(B) 3e  4e  1  at
(A) ae (B) (1/ a)(1  e at )
(C) Zero
at
(D) Infinity (C) a(1  e at ) (D) 1  e

AD [GATE-IN-1992-IITD] AA
0.8 (112) A feedback control system is shown below in
(106) The system G(s)  2 is subjected to a
s  s 2 figure: for   0.5 and n  3
step input. The system output y(t) at t   ,
is
(A) 0.8 (B) 0.4
(C) –0.4 (D) unbounded

AB [GATE-EE-1996-IISc]
(107) The unit impulse response of a unit feedback
control system is given by c (t) = (A) K = 9, Kt = 0.22
tet  2et ,(t  0) the open loop transfer
(B) K = 9, Kt = 0.88
function is equal to
s 1 2s  1 (C) K = 10, Kt = 0.5
(A) (B)
(s  2)2 s2 (D) K = 3, Kt = 0.5

s 1 s 1 AC [GATE-EC-2008-IISc]
(C) (D) (113) A linear, time–invariant, causal continuous
(s  1)2 s2 time system has a rational transfer function
with simple poles at s = –2 and s = –4, and
AD [GATE-EE-2003-IITM]
one simple zero at s = –1. A unit step u (t) is
(108) The roots of the closed loop characteristic
applied at the input of the system. At steady
equation of the system shown in fig is :
state, the output has constant value of 1. The
impulse response of this system is :

Page 52 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
(A) [exp(2t )  exp( 4t )]u (t ) (C) Phase shift of the closed loop transfer
function at very low frequencies
(B)  4exp(2t )  12exp(4t )  exp(t ) (   )
u (t ) (D) Phase shift of the closed loop transfer
(C)  4exp(2t )  12exp(4t )u(t ) function at very high freq. (   )

(D) 0.5exp(2t )  1.5exp(4t)u (t ) AC [GATE-IN –2012]

(117) A system with transfer function G(s) =
AC [GATE-EE-1996-IISc]
(s2  9)(s  2)
(114) For the system shown in Figure, with a is excited by sin(t ). the
damping ratio  of 0.7 and an undamped (s  1)(s  3)(s  4)
natural frequency  n of 4 rad/sec, the values steady–state output of the system is zero at
of ‘K’ and ‘a’ are (A)  rad/s (B)    rad/s
(C)    rad/s (D)    rad/s
AC [GATE-EE-2003-IITM]
(118) A control system is defined by the following
mathematical relationship
d2x dx
(A) K = 4, a = 0.35 2
 6  5x  12(1  e2t )
dt dt
(B) K = 8, a = 0.455 The response of the system as t   is :
(C) K = 16, a = 0.225 (A) x = 6 (B) x = 2
(D) K = 64, a = 0.9 (C) x = 2.4 (D) x = – 2

AD [GATE-EE-2004-IITD] AB [GATE-EC-2009-IITR]
(119) The unit step response of an under damped
(115) The block diagram of a closed loop control
second order system has steady value of –2.
system is given by figure. The values of K
and P such that the system has a damping Which one of the following transfer functions
has these properties?
ratio of 0.7 and an undamped natural
frequency  n of 5 rad/sec, are respectively 2.24
(A) 2
equal to s  2.59 s  1.12
3.82
(B) 2
s  1.91s  1.91
2.24
(C) 2
s  2.59s  1.12
3.82
(D) 2
s  1.91s  1.91
(A) 20 and 0.3 (B) 20 and 0.2
AD [GATE-IN-2008-IISc]
(C) 25 and 0.3 (D) 25 and 0.2
(120) The step response of a linear time invariant
AA [GATE-EE-2011-IITM] system is y(t) = 5e 10 t u(t), where u(t) is the
(116) A two–loop position control system is shown unit step function. If the output of the system
below. corresponding to an impulse input  (t ) is
h(t), then h(t) is :
(A) 50e10t u (t )

(B) 5e10 t (t )

(C) 5u (t )  50e10t (t )

The gain k of the Taco–generator influences (D) 5(t )  50e10t u (t )
mainly the
(A) Peak overshoot AB [ESE-EE-2003]
(121) The unit impulse response of a second order
(B) Natural frequency of oscillation system is 1/6 e 0.8t sin(0.6 t). Then the natural

www.targate.org Page 53
CONTROL SYSTEM
frequency and damping ratio of the system Initial value Steady state value
are respectively (A) 0 3/5
(A) 1 and 0.6 (B) 1 and 0.8 (B) 1/4 0
(C) 2 and 0.4 (D) 2 and 0.3 (C) 3/5 1/4
AC [ESE-EC-2011] (D) 1/4 3/5
(122) An electrical system transfer function has a AB [ESE-EE-2007]
pole at s = –2 and a zero at s = –1 with system (126) Output rate control is used to improve the
gain 10. For sinusoidal current excitation, damping of the system given in the figure. If
voltage response of the system the closed–loop system is required to have a
(A) Is zero damping factor of 0.5 what is the value of K0?
(B) Is in phase with the current
(C) Leads the current
(D) Lags behind the current
AB [ESE-EE-2004]
(123) The damping ratio and natural frequency of a
second order system are 0.6 and 2 rad/s
(A) 4 (B) 19
respectively. Which one of the following
combinations gives the correct values of peak (C) 1/4 (D) 6
and setting time, respectively for the unit step Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next
response of the system? two Questions :
(A) 3.33 s and 1.95 s Given figure shows a closed loop unity feedback
(B) 1.95 s and 3.33 s system. The controller block has a transfer function

(C) 1.95 s and 1.5 s denoted by Gc (s) . The controller is cascaded to the
(D) 1.5 s and 1.95 s plant, which is denoted by Gp (s) .

AB [ESE-EE-2005]
2
d y
(124) 4  36 y  36 x
dt 2
Consider the following statements in
connection with the differential equation
given above
1. The natural frequency of the response is
6 rad/s AA [GATE-IN-2005-IITB]
(127) The loop transfer function Gc ( s ) is
2. The response is always oscillatory
1  0.1s 1  0.1s
(A) (B) 
3. The percentage overshoot is 10% and s s
damping ratio of the system is 0.6 s s
(C)  (D)
4. Both system time constant and settling s 1 s 1
time are infinite
AC [GATE-IN-2005-IITB]
Which of the statements given above are (128) The peak percentage overshoot of the closed
correct? loop system is
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 2 and 4 (A) 5.0% (B) 10.0%
(C) 1, 2 and 3 (D) 2, 3 and 4 (C) 16.3% (D) 1.63%

AD [ESE-EE-2006] AC [ESE-EE-2008]
(125) A system function (129) Given a unity feedback system with G(s)
V (s) s3 K
N (s )   . = , the value of K for damping ratio of
I (s ) 4s  5 s(s  4)
0.5 is
The system is initially at rest. If the excitation
i ( t ) is a unit step, which of the following are (A) 1 (B) 4
(C) 16 (D) 64
the initial and steady–state values of  ( t ) ?

Page 54 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
AA [ESE-EE-2009] AD[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(130) The response of an initially relaxed, linear (135) The output of a standard second-order system
constant–parameter network to a unit impulse for a unit step input is given as
applied at t = 0 is 4e2t u(t ). what is the y (t )  1 
2 t  
e cos  3t   . The transfer
response of this network to unit step function? 3  6
function of the system is
(A) 2(1  e2t )u (t )
2 1
(A) (B) 2
(B) 4(et  e2t )u(t ) ( s  2)( s  3) s  2s  1
3 4
(C) sin 2 t (C) 2
(D) 2
s  2s  3 s  2s  4
(D) (1  4e4t ) u (t )
AC[GATE-EC/EE/IN-2013-IITB]
AA [ESE-EE-2005] (136) The open-loop transfer function of a dc motor
(131) The open loop transfer function of a unity ( s ) 10
is given as  . When connected
feedback control system is given by G(s) Va (a ) 1  10 s
k in feedback as shown below, the approximate
= . If gain k is increased to infinity,
s ( s  1) value of K a that will reduce the time constant
then damping ratio will tend to become of the closed loop system by one hundred
times as compared to that of the open-loop
(A) Zero (B) 0.707 system is :
(C) unity (D) infinite
Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next
two Questions :
A unity feedback system has open loop transfer
100 (A) 1 (B) 5
function G ( s )  . The time at which the
s(s  p)
(C) 10 (D) 100
response to a unit step input reaches its peak is  / 8
seconds. AD [GATE-EE-2008-IISc]
AB [GATE-IN-2008-IISc] (137) A function y (t) satisfies the following
(132) The damping coefficient for the closed looped differential equation:
system is dy (t )
 y (t )  (t )
(A) 0.4 (B) 0.6 dt
Where  ( t ) is the delta function? Assuming
(C) 0.8 (D) 1
zero initial condition, and denoting the unit
AB [GATE-IN-2008-IISc] step function by u (t), y (t) can be of the form
(133) The value of p is (A) e t (B) e t
(A) 6 (B) 12 (C) et u (t ) (D) et u (t )
(C) 14 (D) 16
AC [GATE-EE-2011-IITM]
AA[GATE-EC-2008-IISc] (138) The response h (t) of a linear time invariant
(134) The magnitude of frequency response of an system to an impulse  ( t ) , under initially
underdamped second order system is 5 at 0 relaxed condition is h (t) = e  t  e  2 t . the
10 response of this system for a unit step input
rad/sec and peaks to at 5 2 rad/sec.
3 t 2t
(A) u(t)  e  e
The transfer function of the system is
t 2t
500 375 (B) (e  e )u(t)
(A) 2 (B) 2
s  10s  100 s  5s  75 t 2t
(C) (1.5  e  0.5e )u(t)
720 1125
(C) (D) et (t)  e2tu(t)
2
s  12s  144 2
s  25s  225 (D)

www.targate.org Page 55
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC [GATE-EE-1998-IITD] AC [GATE-EE-2007-IITK]
(139) The output of a linear time invariant control (144) R – L – Circuit shown in figure
system is c (t) for a certain input r(t). If r(t) is
modified by passing it through a block whose
transfer function is e s and then applied to the
system, the modified output of the system
would be
c (t ) c (t )
(A) (B)
1  et 1  e t
(C) c (t  1)u (t  1) (D) c (t )u (t  1) If the above step response is to be observed
on a non–storage CRO, then it would be best
AC [GATE-EC –1998] have the ei a
(140) The closed loop transfer function of a control
(A) Step function
system has the following poles and zeros:
Poles Zeros (B) Square wave of 50 Hz
p1  0.5 z1   6 (C) Square wave of 300 Hz
(D) Square wave of 2.0 KHz
p 2   1.0 z2  8
p3  5 AC [GATE-EE-2007-IITK]
(145) R – L – C circuit shown in figure
p4  10
The closed loop response can be closely
approroximated by considering which of the
following?
(A) p1 and p2 (B) p3 and p4
(C) p3 and z1 (D) p4 and z2

AB [GATE-EE-1996-IISc] For a step input ei , the overshoot in the

(141) The unit impulse response of a system is
t 2t output e0 will be :
given as c (t) = 4e  6e . the step
response of the same system for t  0 is equal (A) 0, since the system is not under damped
to (B) 5%
2t t (C) 16%
(A) 3e  4e  1
2t t
(B) 3e  4e 1 (D) 48%
2t t
(C) 3e  4e 1 AB [GATE-EE-2016-IISc]
2t
(146) A second-order real system has the following
(D) 3e  4et  1 properties:
AD [GATE-EE-2004-IITD] a) the damping ratio   0.5 and undamped
(142) The unit impulse response of a second order natural frequency ωn =10 rad/s ,
under damped system starting from rest is
given by c (t) = 12.5 e  6 t sin 8t , t  0 . the b) the steady state value of the output, to a
steady state value of the unit step response of unit step input, is 1.02.
the system is equal to The transfer function of the system is
(A) 0 (B) 0.25
1.02
(C) 0.5 (D) 1.0 (A) 2
s  5s  100
AD [GATE-IN-2011-IITM]
(143) The unit–step response of a negative unity 102
(B) 2
feedback system with the open–loop transfer s  10 s  100
6 100
function G(s) = is : (C)
s5 2
s  10 s  100
5t 5t
(A) 1  e (B) 6  6e 102
6 6 6 6 11t (D) 2
(C)  e5t (D)  e s  5s  100
5 5 11 11

Page 56 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
ANSWER : 0.32-0.4 [GATE-IN-2017-IITR] (A) 3 rad/s and 0.80
(147) The block diagram of a closed-loop control
system is shown in the figure. The values of k (B) 5 rad/s and 0.80
and kp are such that the system has a (C) 3 rad/s and 0.60
damping ratio of 0.8 and an undamped natural
(D) 5 rad/s and 0.60
frequency n of 4rad/s respectively. The
value of kp will be ________. AC[ESE-EE-2018]
(151) The transient response of second order under
damped system starting from rest is given by
c(t )  Ae6t sin(8t  ) , t  0 . The natural
frequency of the system is
(A) 8 (B) 9
(C) 10 (D) 100
AB[ESE-EE-2016]
AC[ESE-EE-2018]
(152) The open-loop transfer function of a unity
(148) The unity feedback system as shown in the
K
1 feedback system is . For a damping
figure is characterized by G ( s )  . s( s  4)
( s  1)2
factor of 0.5, the value of the gain K must be
The output time response will have a damping
set to
factor  , and natural frequency n ,
(A) 1 (B) 2
respectively as
(C) 4 (D) 16
AD[ESE-EE-2015]
(153) A quiescent linear time-invariant system
(A) 0.707 and 1 subjected to a unit step input u(t) has the
C (s )
(B) 0.866 and 2 response c(t )  te t , t  0 . Then would
R( s )
(C) 0.707 and 2 be
(D) 0.866 and 1
AB[ESE-EE-2019]
(149) The closed-loop response of a system
subjected to a unit step input is 1 1
(A) (B)
c(t )  1  0.2 e 60t  1.2 e10 t s ( s  1) s 1

The expression for the closed-loop transfer 1

function is (C) (D) None of the above
( s  1) 2
100
(A) AC[ESE-EE-2015]
( s  60)( s  10)
(154) The characteristic equation of a closed loop
600 system is s 2  4 s  16  0 . The natural
(B)
( s  60)( s  10) frequency of oscillation and damping constant
respectively are
60
(C) 1
( s  60)( s  10) (A) 2 rad/s and
2
10
(D) 1
( s  60)( s  10) (B) 2 3 rad/s and
3
AD[ESE-EE-2018] 1
(150) A second order system with a zero at –2 has (C) 4 rad/s and
2
its poles located at 3  j 4 and 3  j 4 in
the s-plane. The undamped natural frequency 1
(D) 4 rad/s and
and the damping factor of the system 2
respectively are

www.targate.org Page 57
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB[ESE-EE-2001] (C) 1 rad/s and 1
(155) The response of an initially relaxed system to
(D) 0.64 rad/s and 1
a unit ramp excitation is (t  e t ) . Its step
response will be AC[ESE-EC-2001]
(161) The unit step response of a particular control
(A) 1 / 2 t 2  e t (B) 1  e t system is given by c (t )  1  10 e  t . Then its
(C) e  t (D) t transfer function is :
10 s 9
AC[ESE-EC-2018] (A) (B)
(156) The unit-impulse response of a system is s 1 s 1
16e 2t  8e t . Its unit-step response is 1  9s 1  9s
(C) (D)
s 1 s ( s  1)
(A) 8  et  4e 2 t (B) 8  e t  4e2 t
(C) 8et  8e2t (D) et  4e2 t AA [GATE-EC-2004-IITD]
(162) A system described by the following
AD[ESE-EC-2018] d2 y dy
(157) A unit feedback system is shown in the differential equation 2
 3  2 y  x(t )
figure. What is the magnitude of K so that the dt dt
system is under-damped? is initially at rest. For input x(t) = 2u(t), the
output y(t) is
 
(A) 1  2e  t  e 2t u (t )

(B) 1  2e  2e  u (t )
t 2t
2
a
(A) K  0 (B) K 
4 (C)  0.5  e  1.5e  u (t )
t 2 t

a2 a2
(C) K  (D) K  (D)  0.5  2e  2e  u (t )
t 2t
4 4
AC[ESE-EC-2016] AA[ESE-EC-2001]
(158) For a unity feedback control system having an (163) Which one of the following is the response
25 y (t ) of a causal LTI system described by
open-loop transfer function G ( s)  ,
s( s  6) (s  1)
H ( s) 
what is the time t p at which the peak of the s 2  2s  2
step input response occurs? for a given input x ( t )  e  t u (t ) ?
(A) 0.52 s (B) 2.75 s
(A) y (t )  e  t sin t u (t )
(C) 0.79 s (D) 1.57 s
(B) y (t )  e  (t 1) sin ( t  1) u (t  1)
AC[ESE-EC-2016]
(159) The unit step input response of a certain (C) y (t )  sin (t  1) u (t  1)
control system is given by
(D) y (t )  e  t cos t u (t )
c (t )  1  0.2 e 60t  1.2 e 10 t .
AA [GATE-IN-2019-IITM]
The undamped natural frequency n and
(164) In a cascade control system, the closed loop
damping ratio  are, respectively transfer function of the inner loop may be
assumed to have a single time-constant 1 .
(A) 24.5 and 1.27 (B) 33.5 and 1.27
Similarly, the closed loop transfer function of
(C) 24.5 and 1.43 (D) 33.5 and 1.43 the outer loop may be assumed to have a
AA[ESE-EC-2015] single time-constant 2 . The desired
(160) When the unit impulse response of a second relationship between 1 and 2 in a well-
1 designed control system is
order system is e0.8t sin 0.6t , the natural
6 (A) 1 is much less than 2
frequency and dampoing ratio of the system
(B) 1 is equal to 2
are respectively
(C) 1 is much greater than 2
(A) 1 rad/s and 0.8
(D) 1 is independent of  2
(B) 0.64 rad/s and 0.8

Page 58 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
AA [GATE-IN-2014-IITKGP] AC[ESE-EC-2017]
(165) A plant has an open-loop transfer function, (170) A dominant pole is determined as
20 (A) the highest frequency pole among all
G p ( s)  poles.
( s  0.1)( s  2)( s  100)
(B) the lowest frequency pole at least two
The approximate model obtained by retaining actaves lower than other poles.
only one of the above poles, which is closes (C) the lowest frequency pole among all
to the frequency response of the original poles.
transfer function at low frequency is
(D) the highest frequency pole at least two
0.1 2 octaves higher than other poles.
(A) (B)
s  0.1 s2
GRAPHICAL PROBLEMS
100 20
(C) (D) AB
s  100 s  0.1 (171) Out of the figures given below which one
represents the impulse response of a second
AD [GATE-EC-2007-IITK] order under damped system
(166) The transfer function of a plant is
5
T(s) = . The second – order
(s  5)(s2  s  1)
approx of T(s) using dominant pole concept
is :
1 5
(A) (B) (A)
(s  5)(s  1) (s  5)(s  1)
5 1
(C) 2 (D) 2
(s  s 1) (s  s 1)
AC [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
(167) The dominant poles of a servo system are
located at s = (2  j 2) . the damping ratio of
the system is
(A) 1 (B) 0.8 (B)
(C) 0.707 (D) 0.6
AA
(168) The natural frequency of oscillations due to
dominant roots of the system transfer function
C ( s) 3
 2
R(s) (s  5)(s  2s  3)

(A) 1.73 rad/sec (B) 2 rad/sec (C)

(C) 1.41 rad/sec (D) 3 rad/sec
AA
(169) If the dominant complex poles of a higher
order control system are nearer to the
imaginary axis in s–plane then the nature of
the time response will be
(A) Oscillatory type
(B) non–oscillatory type
(D)
(C) Sustained oscillation type
(D) Steady type

www.targate.org Page 59
CONTROL SYSTEM
AA [GATE-EC-2011-IITM]
(172) The differential equation
d2 y dy
100 2
 20  y  x(t ) describes a
dt dt
system with an input x(t) and an output y(t).
The system, which is initially relaxed, is
excited by a unit step input. The output y(t)
can be represented by the waveform

(A) 0.5 (B) 2

(C) 4 (D) 6
AA [GATE-IN-1996-IISc]
(174) Match the roots in the s–plane with the
(A) impulse response shown in Fig.
Column I: Roots in the s–plane
A. Two imaginary Roots
B. Two complex roots in the left half plane
C. A single root on the negative real axis
D. A single root at the origin.
Column II: Impulse Response
(B)

(e)

(C)
(f)

(g)
(D)

AD [GATE-EE-2009-IITR]
(173) The unit–step response of a unity feedback
system with open loop transfer function
K
G(s) = is shown in the figure. (h)
(s  1)(s  2)
The value of K is :

Page 60 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS
List – II

(i)

1.

(A) A-f, B-g , C-e, D-h

(B) A-g, B-h , C-e, D-h
(C) A-f, B-g , C-h, D-e
(D) A-e, B-h , C-g, D-b
2.
AD [ESE-EE-2011]
(175) Match List I with List II and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists:

(A) 3.

(B)
4.

Codes:
A B C D
(A) 4 1 2 3
(B) 3 1 2 4
(C) (C) 4 2 1 3
(D) 3 2 1 4

AD [ESE-EE-2011]
(176) Match List I with List II and select the correct
answer using the code given below the lists:

List – I
A. Two imaginary roots
(D)
B. Two complex roots in RH of s–plane

C. A single root on negative real axis

D. A single root at the origin

www.targate.org Page 61
CONTROL SYSTEM
List – II Group II

1. 1.

2. 2.

3.
3.

4.
4.

Codes:
A B C D (A) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2
(A) 4 1 3 2
(B) P-3, Q-2, R-4, S-1
(B) 2 1 3 4
(C) 4 3 1 2 (C) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
(D) 2 3 1 4 (D) P-3, Q-4, R-1, S-2
AD[GATE-EC-2008-IISc] AB [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
(177) Group I lists a set of four transfer functions. (178) A second – order system has transfer function
Group II gives a list of possible step C ( s) 4
responses y(t). Match the step responses with  2 With r(t) as the unit–step
the corresponding transfer functions. R(s) s  4s  4
function, the response c(t) of the system is
Group I represented by
25 (A)
P
s 2  25
36
Q 2
s  20s  36
36
R 2
s  12s  36
36
S 2
s  7 s  49

Page 62 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS

(B) 2( s  1)
Q( s ) 
( s  10)( s  2)
1
R(s ) 
( s  1) 2
(A) P ( s )  (3), Q ( s )  (2), R( s )  (1)

(B) P ( s)  (1), Q( s)  (2), R ( s)  (3)

(C) P ( s )  (2), Q ( s )  (1), R ( s )  (3)

(D) P ( s)  (1), Q( s)  (3), R ( s )  (2)

(C) AD[ESE-EC-1999]
(180) A step input is applied to a system with the
transfer function
es
G(s ) 
1  0.5s
The output response will be

(A)

(D)

(B)

(C)

(D)
AMTA [GATE-IN-2016-IISc]
(179) Match the unit-step responses (1), (2) and (3) AC [GATE-EC-2008-IISc]
with the transfer functions P(s), Q(s) and (181) Step responses of a set of three second – order
R(s), given below. uderdamped systems all have the same
percentage overshoot. Which of the following
diagrams represents the poles of three
systems?

(A)

1
P( s )  (B)
( s  1)

www.targate.org Page 63
CONTROL SYSTEM

(C)

(D)

-----0000-----

Page 64 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 05 – TIME DOMAIN PARAMETERS

Answer : 23. 0.556

52. Pure Imaginary
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
53. a-1, b-5, c-4
A C C B B D A A C C
81. 38.13 to 38.19
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
* * C C B B C C B C 85. 100

21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 86. 2.7 to 3.0
A B * A B B D D A C 87. 2.7 to 3.0
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 109. 0.241
A B C C A D A C A D 110. 400
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
147. 0.32 to 0.4
B C A B B D B C D A
179. MTA
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
C * * C C B B D C C
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
A B A B A A C B B B
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
B C C D D B A D D B
81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90.
* D A C * * C B B C
91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100.
C C C B D D A C C B
101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110.
C C B B A D B D * *
111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120.
B A C C D A C C B D
121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130.
B C B B D B A C C A
131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140.
A B B A D C D C C C
141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150.
B D D C C B * C B D
151. 152. 153. 154. 155. 156. 157. 158. 159. 160.
C B D C B C D C C A
161. 162. 163. 164. 165. 166. 167. 168. 169. 170.
C A A A A D C A A C
171. 172. 173. 174. 175. 176. 177. 178. 179. 180.
B A D A D D D B * D
181.
C

11. 3.2%

2
12.
1  600s

www.targate.org Page 65
 06
Steady State Errors
BASIC REFRESHER (A) Positive constant,
(B) Negative constant
AB (C) Zero
(1) The steady state error is determined as the (D) none of these
difference between the reference input and
the system output at AB [ESE-EC-2007]
(7) How can the steady-state error in a system be
(A) t  t p
reduced?
(B) t   (A) By decreasing the type of system
(C) t  0 (B) By increasing system gain
(D) t = time constant (C) By decreasing the static error constant
(D) By increasing the input
AD
(2) The steady state error for a type 2 system AB [ESE-EC-2003]
subjected to unit ramp input is (8) When time period of observation is large,
(A) 1 (B)  then type of error is :
1 (A) Transient error
(C) (D) 0 (B) Steady state error
K
(C) Half– power error
AA (D) Position error constant.
(3) Finite steady state error
(A) varies inversely with K AC [GATE-EE-1996-IISc]
(B) varies directly with K (9) For a feedback control system of type 2, the
steady state error for a ramp input is :
(C) Is independent of K
(A) infinite (B) constant
(D) none of the above
(C) zero (D) indeterminate
AA [GATE-EE-2000-IITKGP]
(4) A unity feedback system has open loop AC[ESE-EC-2017]
transfer function G(s). The steady state error (10) The largest error between reference input and
is zero for output during the transient period is called
(A) Step input and type – 1 G(s) (A) peak error
(B) Ramp input and type – 1 G(s) (B) transient overshoot
(C) Step input and type – 0 G(s) (C) peak overshoot
(D) Ramp input and type – 0 G(s
(D) transient deviation
AA[ESE-EE-2001]
(5) The steady state error due to a ramp input for AA[ESE-EE-2015]
a type two system is equal to (11) Consider the following input and system
types:
(A) Zero
(B) infinite Input type System type
(C) Non– zero number Unit step Type ‘0’
(D) Constant Unit ramp Type ‘1’
Unit parabolic Type ‘2’
AC[ESE-EE-2002]
(6) If a ramp input is applied to Type– 2 system, Which of the following statements are
the steady– state error is correct?

Page 66 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 06 – STEADY STATE ERRORS
1. Unit step input is acceptable to all the AA [GATE-EC-1991-IITM]
three types of system. (16) A unity– feedback control system has the
2. Type ‘0’ system cannot accept unit 4(1 2s)
open– loop transfer function G(s) =
parabolic input. s2 (s  2)
3. Unit ramp input is acceptable to Type If the input to the system is a unit ramp, the
‘2’ system only. steady– state error will be
(A) 0 (B) 0.5
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 1 and 3 only
(C) 2 (D) Infinity
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 2
AB [GATE-EC-1990-IISc]
AD [GATE-EE-1995-IITK] (17) The steady state error of a stable ‘type 0’
(12) The steady state error due to a step input for unity feedback system for a unit step function
type I system is ________ is :
(A) 10 (B)  1
(A) 0 (B)
(C) 1 (D) 0 1  KP
AA [ESE-EE-2008] 1
(C)  (D)
(13) Which one of the following statements KP
regarding steady state errors in control system
is not correct? AC [GATE-IN-2005-IITB]
(A) Steady state error analysis relies on the (18) Consider a unity feedback control system
use of initial value theorem. whose forward path transfer function G(s) =
(B) Steady state error is a measure of system K/s2. The steady state error; for a step input is
accuracy when a specific type of input is (A) 1.0 (B) 
applied to a control system. (C) 0.0 (D) Does not exist
(C) The error constants do not give
AA
information regarding steady state error
(19) Consider a unity feedback control system
when inputs are other than step, ramp
with open– loop transfer function
and parabolic.
(D) Steady state error does not provide K (s  1)
G(s) = .
information on how the error varies with s(s  2)(s  3)
time. The steady– state error of the system due to a
AB [ESE-EE-2009] unit step input is
(14) What will be the type of the system, if the (A) zero (B) K/6
steady state performance of control system (C) 6/K (D) Infinite
yields a non– zero finite value of the velocity
error constant? AA[GATE-EC-2005-IITB]
(A) type – 0 (B) type – 1 (20) A ramp input applied to an unity feedback
system results in 5% steady state error. The
(C) type – 2 (D) type – 3
type number and zero frequency gain of the
system are respectively
(A) 1 and 20 (B) 0 and 20
******** (C) 0 and 1/20 (D) 1 and 1/20

ANSWER : (D) [GATE-EE-2017-IITR]

NUMERICAL PROBLEMS (21) When a unit ramp input is applied to the unity
feedback system having closed loop transfer
AA [GATE-EC-1998-IITD] function;
(15) Consider a unity feedback control system C ( s) Ks  b
with open– loop transfer function  2 ,(a  0, b  0, K  0)
R( s) s  as  b
K
G(s) = the steady state error of the the steady state error will be
s(s  1)
a
system due to a unit step input is (A) 0 (B)
b
(A) zero (B) K aK aK
(C) (D)
(C) 1/K (D) Infinite b b

www.targate.org Page 67
CONTROL SYSTEM
A0.65-0.69 [GATE-EE-2018-IITG] (A) 0 (B) 5
(22) Consider a unity feedback system with (C) 12 (D) 
forward transfer function given by
1 AC [ESE-EE-2013]
G (s )  1
( s  1)( s  2) (28) The transfer function of a system is .
1  sT
The steady-state error in the output of the The input to this system is the ramp function,
system for a unit-step input is _________(up tu(t). The output would track this system with
to 2 decimal places). an error given by
T
AC [ESE-EE-2006] (A) Zero (B)
(23) Consider the network function: 2

H (s) 
2( s  3) T2
( s  2)( s  4)
(C) T (D)
2
What is the steady–state response due to a
unit step input? AB
(29) A unity feedback closed loop second order
(A) 4/3 (B) 1/2
(C) 3/4 (D) 1 81
system has a transfer function 2
s  0.6s  9
AC [ESE-EC-2013] and is excited by a step input of 1 unit. The
(24) The D.C. gain and steady state error for step steady state error of the output is
s 1 (A) 10 (B) 0.0
input for G(s) = are ;
s2  s  1 (C) 1.0 (D) 0.1
(A) 1 and 1 (B) 0 and 1
(C) 1 and 0 (D) 0 and 0 A0 to 0 [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(30) The closed-loop transfer function of a system
AA[ESE-EC-2016] 4
(25) The closed-loop transfer function of a unity is T ( s )  2 . The steady state
( s  0.4 s  4)
feedback control system is,
error due to unit step input is _________.
C ( s) 2n
 2 AA[ESE-EC-2018]
R( s) s  2n  n2
(31) The steady-state error for a Type 0 system for
The velocity error constant of the system is unit-step input is 0.2. In a certain instance,
this error possibility was removed by
n n insertion of a unity gain block. Thereafter, a
(A) (B)
2  unit ramp was applied. The nature of the
block and new steady state error in this
2n 3 n changed configuration will, respectively be
(C) (D)
 2
(A) integrator ; 0.25
AC [ESE-EE-2014] (B) differentiator ; 0.25
(26) The position and velocity error coefficients (C) integrator ; 0.20
for the system of transfer function,
(D) differentiator ; 0.20
50
G (s) 
(1  0.1s )(1  2 s ) AD [ESE-EE-2006]
(32) A particular control system yielded a steady–
are respectively state error of 0.20 for unit step input. A unit
(A) Zero and zero integrator is cascaded to this system and unit
(B) Zero and infinity ramp input is applied to the modified system.
(C) 50 and zero What is the value of steady– state error for
(D) 50 and infinity this modified system?
(A) 0.10 (B) 0.15
AA [ESE-EE-2014]
(27) Consider the open-loop transfer function: (C) 0.20 (D) 0.25
5( s  1) AD [GATE-EC-2010-IITG]
G (s)H (s)  2
s ( s  5)( s  12) (33) A unity negative feedback closed loop system
has a plant with the transfer function G(s) =
The steady-state error due to a ramp input is

Page 68 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 06 – STEADY STATE ERRORS

1 List– I List– II
2
and a controller Gc(s) in the feed
s  2s  2 (System Type) (Steady State Error)
forward path. For a unit step input, the A. 0 1. K
transfer function of the controller that gives B. 1 2. 
minimum steady sate error is C. 2 3. 0
s 1 D. 3
(A) GC (s) 
s2 Codes:
s2 A B C D
(B) Gc (s )  (A) 2 3 3 3
s 1
(B) 1 2 2 3
( s  1)( s  4) (C) 2 1 3 3
(C) Gc ( s ) 
( s  2)( s  3) (D) 1 2 3 3
2 A0.AB[ESE-EE-2016]
(D) Gc (s )  1   3s
s (38) A seond-order position control system has an
open-loop transfer function
AD [ESE-EE-2006] 57.3 k
(34) The open– loop transfer function for unity G (s) 
feedback system is given by s ( s  10)

5(1  0.1s ) What value of k will result in a steady-state

s (1  5 s )(1  20 s ) error of 10 , when the input shaft rotates at 10
r.p.m. ?
Consider the following statements:
(A) 21.74 (B) 10.47
1. The steady– state error for a step input of
magnitude of 10 is equal to zero. (C) 5.23 (D) 0.523
2. The steady– state error for a ramp input AB[ESE-EE-2016]
of magnitude 10 is 2. (39) For a unity feedback control system, the
3. The steady– state error for an forward path transfer function is given by
acceleration input of magnitude 10 is 40
G ( s) 
infinite. s( s  2)( s 2  2 s  30)
Which of the statements given above are
The steady-state error of the system for the
correct?
input 5t 2 / 2 is
(A) Only 1 and 2 (B) Only 1 and 3
(A) 0 (B) 
(C) Only 2 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
(C) 20t 2 (D) 30t 2
AC [ESE-EC-2010]
(35) For the unity feedback system AA[ESE-EE-2019]
10 (40) A unity feedback (negative) system has open-
with G(s)  2 , what is the steady state K
s (s  4) loop transfer function G ( s)  .
error resulting from an input 10t? s ( s  2)
(A) 10 (B) 4 The closed-loop system has a steady-state
(C) Zero (D) 1 unit ramp error of 0.1. The value of gain K
should be
AA [ESE-EC-2005]
(36) What is the steady state error for a unity (A) 20 (B) 30
feedback control system having (C) 40 (D) 50
1
G(s)  due to unit ramp input? AB[ESE-EE-2019]
s(s  1) (41) The steady state error of a type-1 system to a
(A) 1 (B) 0.5 unit step input is
(C) 0.25 (D) 0.5 1
(A) (B) 0
(1  K p )
AC [ESE-EC-2003]
(37) Assuming unit ramp input match List– I with 1
(C)  (D)
List– II and select the correct answer using Kv
the codes given below the Lists:
www.targate.org Page 69
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC[ESE-EC-2019] an 2
(42) For a Type-2 system, the steady-state errors (C) (D) zero
an 2
for unit step and unit ramp input are
(A) 0 and  (B)  and 0 AA [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
(C) 0 and 0 (D)  and  (47) The steady state error due to a unit-step
disturbance input D(s) in figure is
AA[ESE-EC-2018]
(43) In a unity feedback control system, the open-
loop transfer function is
K ( s  2)
G (s)  2 2
s ( s  7 s  12)

Then the error constants K p , Kv and K a , (A) 0 (B) 0.012

respectively, are (C) 0.021 (D) 0.025
K AB [GATE-IN-2003-IITM]
(A) ,  and
6 (48) The steady state error of the feedback control
K system shown in Fig., when subjected to a
(B) 0,0and unit step input is
6
K
(C) ,0and 0
6
K
(D) ,  and 
6
1
(A) Zero (B)
AB[ESE-EC-2001] (1  K K P )
(44) Which one of the following is the steady-state
error for a step input applied to a unity K Kp
feedback system with the open loop transfer (C) (D) Infinite
(1  K K p )
100
function G(s)  2 ?
s  14s  50 AA [GATE-EE-1992-IITD]
(A) ess  0 (49) For what values of ‘a’ does the system shown
in figure have a zero steady state error [i.e.,
(B) ess  0.83
lim E (t)] for a step input?
t
(C) ess  1

(D) ess  

AD[ESE-EC-2017]
10
(45) A control system has G ( s )  and
s ( s  5)
(A) a  0
H ( s)  K . What is the value of K for which
the steady-state error for unit-step is less than (B) a  2
5%? (C) a  4
(A) 0.913 (B) 0.927 (D) for no value of ‘a’
(C) 0.953 (D) 1.050 AB [IES – EC – 2003]
AD[GATE-EC-1999-IITB] (50) Consider the unity feedback system as shown
(46) If the closed-loop transfer function T(s) of a below. The sensitivity of the steady state
unity negative feedback system is given by error to change in parameter “K” and
parameter “a” with ramp inputs are
an 1 s  an
T (s)  n n 1
then the respectively
s  a1 s  .....  an 1 s  an
steady state error for a unit ramp input is
an an
(A) (B)
a n 1 an2

Page 70 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 06 – STEADY STATE ERRORS
(A) 1, 1 (B) 1,1 49to0.51 [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(55) The steady state error of the system shown in
(C) 1,0 (D) 0,1 the figure for a unit step input is -----------.
AB [GATE-IN-2019-IITM]
(51) In the control system shown in the figure
below, a reference signal r (t )  t 2 is applied
at time t = 0. The control system employs a
PID controller C(s)  K p  KI / s  KD s and
the plant has a transfer function P ( s)  3 / s .
AA [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
If K p  10 , K I  1 and KD  2 , the steady (56) For the unity feedback control system shown
state value of e is in the figure, the open-loop transfer function
G(s) is given as
2
G (s) 
s ( s  1)

(A) 0 (B) 2/3 The steady state errorless due to a unit step
(C) 1 (D)  input is :
AD[ESE-EE-2018]
(52) The block diagram shows a unity feedback
closed-loop system. The steady-state error in
the response to a unit step input is

(A) 0 (B) 0.5

(C) 1.0 (D) ∞
ANSWER : 0.99-1.01[GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(A) 14% (B) 28% (57) The open loop transfer function
(C) 42% (D) 57%
G  s 
 s  1
p
AD[ESE-EE-2018] s  s  2 s  3
(53) For the feedback control system shown, if the
steady-state error is 20% for the unit step Where p is an integer, is connected in unity
input signal, then the value of K must be feedback configuration as shown in the
figure.

(A) 80 (B) 40 Given that the steady state error is zero for
(C) 20 (D) 4 unit step unit and is 6 for unit ramp input, the
value of the parameter p is ___________.
AA[ESE-EE-2001]
(54) In the system shown in the given figure, AD [GATE-EC-1987-IITB]
r (t )  1  2t (t  0) . The steady-state value of (58) The unity feedback system shown in fig. has:
the error e(t ) is equal to

(A) Zero steady state position error

(B) Zero steady state velocity error
2
(A) zero (B) K
10 (C) Steady state position error units
10
10 K
(C) (D) infinity (D) Steady state velocity error units
2 10

www.targate.org Page 71
CONTROL SYSTEM
AA [GATE-EE-2003-IITM] (A) 1.0 (B) 0.5
(59) The block diagram shown in fig given is a (C) 0 (D) 0.5
unity feedback closed loop control system.
The steady state error in the response of the AA [GATE-EE-2011-IITM]
above system to unit step input is (63) The steady state error of a unity feedback
linear system for a unit step input is 0.1. The
steady state error of the same system, for a
pulse input r(t) having a magnitude of 10 and
a duration of one second, as shown in the
figure is

(A) 25% (B) 0.75%

(C) 6% (D) 33%
AB [GATE-EC-2007-IITK]
(60) A control system with a PD controller is
shown in the figure. If the velocity error
constant KV = 1000 and the damping ratio 
= 0.5, then the values of Kp and KD are
(A) 0 (B) 0.1
(C) 1 (D) 10
AC[ESE-EC-2017]
(64) Consider the following statements:
For a type-1 and a unity feedback system,
(A) K P  100, K D  0.09 having unity gain in the forward path.
(B) KP  100, K D  0.9 1. positional error constant K p is equal to
(C) K P  10, K D  0.09 zero.
(D) KP  10, KD  0.9
2. acceleration error constant K a is equal
AA [GATE-EE-2007-IITK] to zero
(61) Consider the feedback system shown below
3. steady-state error ess per unit-step
which is subjected to a unit step input. The
system is stable and has following parameters displacement input is equal to 1.
k p  4, ki  10,   500 and   0.7 . The Which of the above statements are correct?
steady state value of Z is (A) 1 , 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2 only

(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 1 and 3 only

-----0000-----

(A) 1 (B) 0.25

(C) 0.1 (D) 0

AC [GATE-EE-2005-IITB]
(62) When subjected to a unit step input, the
closed loop control system shown in the
figure will have a steady state error of

Page 72 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC. 06 – STEADY STATE ERRORS

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B D A A A C B B C C
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
A D A B A A B C A A
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
D * C C A C A C B 0
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
A D D D C A C B B A
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
B C A B D D A B A B
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
B D D A * A * D A B
61. 62. 63. 64.
A C A C

22. 0.65 to 0.69

55. 0.49 to 0.51
57. 0.99 to 1.01

www.targate.org Page 73
 07
Root Locus
BASIC REFRESHER AB
(5) As K approaches infinity the root loci are
AD [ESE-EC-2011] asymptotic to lines which make an angle with
(1) The number of individual loci in a root locus real axis given by
plot is equal to
2kπ (2k  1)π
(A) The number of open loop poles (A) (B)
(B) The number of open loop zeroes PZ PZ
(C) The difference of the number of open (k 1)π (2k  1) π
loop poles and the number of open loop (C) (D) .
zeroes
PZ PZ 2
(D) The number of open loop poles or zeroes AB
whichever is greater (6) The intersection point of RL branches with s-
plane imaginary axis is determined using
AD[ESE-EC-2016]
(2) The main objectives of drawing the root-locus (A) Bode plot
plot are (B) Routh-Hurwitz array
1. To obtain a clear picture of the open- (C) gain-phase plot
loop poles and zeros of the system. dK
(D) 0
2. To obtain a clear picture of the transient ds
response of the system for varying gain,
AD
K. (7) The root locus separates at a point between
3. To find the range of K to make the two open-loop poles, the point is called
system stable. (A) Criticalpoint
Which of the above statements are correct? (B) Crossover point
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2 only (C) Shift point
(C) 1 and 3 only (D) 2 and 3 only
(D) Break away point
AA AC
(3) As K approaches zero the root loci approach
(8) The intersection of the root locus branch with
towards the imaginary axis is determined by using
(A) Open loop poles equation
(B) open loop zeros (A) G ( s ) H ( s)  0
(C) Break away points
(D) break in points (B) 1  G ( s ) H ( s )  0
AA (C) 1  G ( s ) H ( s )  0
(4) The breakaway point is determined by
solving (D) [1 G(s) H (s)]1  0
dK
(A) 0 AD[ESE-EC-2015]
ds (9) The closed loop transfer function of a unity
(B) characteristic equation 100
dK negative feedback system is 2 . Its
(C)  0 s  8s  100
ds open loop transfer function is :
(D) G(s)H (s)  0

Page 74 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS

100 1 AC [ESE-EC-2007]
(A) (B) 2 (15) What is the number of root-locus segments
s 8 s  8s
which do not terminate on zeros?
100 100 (A) Number of poles
(C) (D)
2
s  8s 2
s  8s (B) Number of zeros
(C) Difference between the number of poles
AC[ESE-EE-2017] and the number of zeros
(10) What is the open-loop transfer function for (D) Sum of the number of poles and the
the system, whose characteristic equation is number of zeros
F ( s )  s 3  3s 2  ( K  2) s  5 K  0? AA
(16) A point on the root locus satisfies
5K
(A) G ( s) H ( s)  (A) | G ( s ) H ( s ) |  1
s ( s  1)( s  3)
 G ( s ) H ( s )  ( 2 k  1) π
Ks
(B) G ( s) H ( s )  (B) | 1  G ( s ) H ( s ) | 1
s( s  1) ( s  2)
 G ( s ) H ( s )  ( 2 k  1) π
K ( s  5)
(C) G ( s) H ( s ) 
s( s  1) ( s  2) 1
(C) 1
G(s) H (s)
5K
(D) G ( s) H ( s ) 
s( s  1) ( s  2) 1
  (2k  1)π
G(s)H (s)
AA
(11) The asymptotes to root locus branches G( s)
intersect on the real axis at a point given by (D) 1
1  G(s) H ( s)
 P  Z  P  Z
(A) (B) G( s)
(P  Z ) (P  Z)   (2k  1)π
1  G( s) H ( s)
 P  Z  Z  P
(C) (D) AD
(P  Z ) (P  Z ) (17) If the root locus branches cross the imaginary
AC axis the system becomes
(12) The value of K at which the root locus (A) Over damped
crosses the imaginary axis makes the system (B) critically damped
(A) Stable
(C) Stable
(B) under damped
(D) unstable
(C) Marginally stable
(D) unstable AD [GATE -EC-1994]
(18) If the open-loop transfer function is a ratio of
AB [GATE-IN-1999-IITB] a numerator polynomial of degree ‘m’ and a
(13) A transfer function has two zeros at infinity. denominator polynomial of degree ‘n’, then
Then the relation between the numerator the integer (n-m) represents the number of
degree (N) and the denominator degree (M)
(A) Breakaway points
of the transfer function is:
(B) Unstable poles
(A) N = M + 2 (B) N = M – 2
(C) N = M + 1 (D) N = M – 1 (C) Separate root loci
(D) Asymptotes
AB [ESE-EC-2011]
(14) Where are the K = 0 points on the root loci of AC[ESE-EE-2018]
the characteristic equation of the closed loop (19) Which of the following is considered a time
control system located at? domain technique in control systems?
(A) Zeroes of G(s) H(s) (A) Nyquist criterion
(B) Poles of G(s) H(s) (B) Bode plot
(C) Both zeroes and poles of G(s) H(s) (C) Root locus plot
(D) Routh-Hurwitz criterion
(D) Neither at zeroes nor at poles of G(s) H(s)

www.targate.org Page 75
CONTROL SYSTEM
AD[ESE-EE-2015] Which of the above statements are correct?
(20) Consider the following statements about root
locus : (A) 1, 2 and 3 only
1. The root locus is symmetrical about real (B) 3 and 4 only
axis.
(C) 1, 2 and 4 only
2. If a root locus branch moves along the
real axis from an open-loop pole to zero (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
or to infinity, this root locus branch is
called real root branch. ********
3. The breakaway points of the root locus
dK NUMERCIAL PROBLEMS
are the solutions of 0.
ds
AB
Which of the above statements are correct? (24) The intersection of the asymptotes of root
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 1 and 3 only locus w.r.t. following open-loop transfer
K ( s  1)
(C) 2 and 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3 function G( s) H ( s)  is
s( s  1)( s 2  5s  6)
AC[ESE-EC-2017] given by
(21) Consider that in a system loop transfer
function, addition of a pole results in the (A) s  1 (B) s  1
following:
1. Root locus gets pulled to the right-hand (C) s  5 (D) s   6
side.
AA
2. Steady-state error is increased.
(25) The number of root loci branches for the
3. System response gets slower. following open-loop transfer function
Which of the above are correct? K ( s  2)(s  4)
G ( s) H ( s)  , is :
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2 only s( s  1)( s  3)(s 2  5s  6)
(C) 1 and 3 only (D) 2 and 3 only (A) 5 (B) 4
AB[ESE-EC-1999] (C) 3 (D) 2
(22) Consider the following statements:
In root-locus plot, the breakaway points AB [GATE-IN-2009-IITR]
(26) A unity feedback system has the transfer
1. Need not always be on the real axis K (s  b)
alone function 2 .
s (s  20)
2. Must lie on the root loci The value are for which the loci of all the
3. Must lie between 0 and –1 three roots of the closed loop characteristic
equation meet at a single point is
Which of these statements are correct?
10 20
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2 (A) (B)
9 9
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 3
30 40
AC[ESE-EE-2016] (C) (D)
9 9
(23) Consider the following statements:
1. Adding a zero to the G(s)H(s) tends to AB
push root locus to the left. (27) The angle of asysmptotes w.r.t. root locus
2. Adding a pole to the G(s)H(s) tends to plot for a control system having
push root locus to the right. s2 1
G( s ) H ( s )  are
3. Complementary root locus (CRL) refers s (s  1)
to root loci with positive K.
(A)  9 0 0 (B) nil
4. Adding a zero to the forward path
transfer function reduces the maximum (C) 270 0 (D) 180 0
overshoot of the system.

Page 76 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS
AC [ESE-EC-2013] A [GATE-IN-2014-IITKGP]
(28) Consider the transfer function KG(s) (33) A loop transfer function is given by
K K ( s  2)
H(s) = . The root-locus plot G (s) H (s)  2
s  4s2  s  6
3
s ( s  10)
of the system passes through s = 0. The value
The point of intersection of the asymptotes of
of K at this point will be :
G(s)H(s) on the real axis in the s-plane is at
(A) 10 (B) 0
_____.
(C) 6 (D) 8
A [GATE-IN-2015-IITK]
AC [ESE-EC-2002] (34) The open loop transfer function of a system is
(29) A control system has s 2  6s  10
K ( s  1) G( s)  2 . The angles of arrival of
G ( s) H ( s)  s  2s  2
s( s  3)(s  4) its root loci are
Root locus of the system can lie on the real  
(A)  (B) 
axis 4 3
(A) Between s  1 and s  3
 5
(B) Between s  0 and s  4 (C)  (D) 
2 6
(C) Between s  3 and s  4
(D) Towards left of s  4 KANODIA AA
(35) The forward-path transfer function of a ufb
AA [ESE-EE-2001] system is
(30) The open loop transfer function of a unity K ( s  1)( s  2)
G ( s) 
K ( s  5)( s  6)
feedback system is given by . If the
s( s  1) So, the break points are
value of gain K is such that the system is
Break-in Break-away
critically damped, the closed loop poles of the
system will lie at (A) –1.563 –5.437
(A) –0.5 and –0.5 (B)  j 0.5 (B) –5.437 –1.563
(C) –1.216 –5.743
(C) 0 and –1 (D) 0.5  j0.5 (D) –5.473 –1.216
A2.24 to 2.26 [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP] AD[GATE-EC-2007-IITK]
(31) The forward path transfer function of a unity (36) A unity feedback control system has an open-
negative feedback system is given by
K
K loop transfer function G ( s )  2
.
G S   s ( s  7 s  12)
 S  2  S  1 The gain K for which s = –1 + j1 will lie on
the root locus of this system is
The value of k which will place both the poles (A) 4 (B) 5.5
of the closed-loop system at the same location
is …..... (C) 6.5 (D) 10

AD [ESE-EE-2002] AC[GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
(32) Which of the following are the characteristics K
of the root locus of? (37) Given G ( s ) H ( s )  , the point
s ( s  1)( s  3)
K ( s  5) of intersection of the asymptotes of the root
G( s) H ( s) 
( s  1)( s  3) loci with the real axis is
1. It has one asymptote (A) –4 (B) 1.33
2. It has intersection with j  -axis (C) –1.33 (D) 4
3. It has two real axis inter sections
AB[GATE-EC-1999-IITB]
4. It has two zeros at infinity
(38) Consider the points s1   3  j 4 and
Select the correct answer using the codes
given below s 2   3  j 2 in the s-plane. Then, for a
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3 system with the open-loop transfer function
K
(C) 3 and 4 (D) 1 and 3 G ( s) H (s ) 
( s  1) 4

www.targate.org Page 77
CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) s1 is on the root locus, but not s2 ANSWER : (A) [GATE-EE-2017-IITR]
(B) s2 is on the root locus, but not s1 (44) The range of K for which all the roots of the
equation s3 + 3s2 + 2s + K = 0 are in the left
(C) both s1 and s2 are on the root locus half of the complex s-plane is
(D) neither s1 nor s2 is on the root locus (A) 0 < K < 6 (B) 0 < K < 16
AB[GATE-EC-1991-IITM] (C) 6 < K < 36 (D) 6 < K < 16
(39) The characteristic equation of a feedback
control system is given by AA[ESE-EE-2001]
3 2 (45) Assertion (A) : The number of separate loci
s  5s  ( K  6)s  K  0 Where K > 0 is a or poles of the closed loop system
scalar variable parameter. In the root-locus K ( s  4)
diagrams of the system the asymptotes of the corresponding to G ( s) H ( s ) 
root-loci for large values of K meet at a point s( s  1)( s  3)
in the s-plane, whose coordinates are is three.

(A) (–3, 0) (B) (–2, 0) Reason (R) : Number of separate loci is

equal to number of finite poles of G ( s ) H ( s)
(C) (–1, 0) (D) (2, 0)
if the latter is more than the number of finite
AA [GATE-EE-2015-IITK] zeros of G ( s ) H ( s) .
(40) An open loop transfer function G(s) of a
system is (A) Both A and R true and 'R' is the correct
explanation of 'A'
K
G( s)  (B) Both A and R true and 'R' is NOT the
s ( s  1)( s  2)
correct explanation of 'A'
For a unity feedback system, the breakaway
point of the root loci on the real axis occurs (C) 'A' is true, 'R' is false
at, (D) 'A' is false, 'R' is true
(A) – 0.42
AA
(B) – 1.58 (46) The open-loop transfer function of a feedback
(C) – 0.42 and –1.58 control system is given below:
(D) None of the above K (s 2  4)
G( s) H ( s) 
(s 2  1)
A25.54[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(41) The open-loop transfer function of a unity The angles of departure from the poles
feedback configuration is given as located on j axis are given by
K ( s  4) (A)  900 (B) 1800 ,1800
G (s)  . The value of a gain
( s  8)( s 2  9)
K ( 0) for which –1 + j2 lies on the root (C) 300 (D) 1800 , 1800
locus is ____ AA [GATE-EE-2011-IITM]
(47) The open loop transfer function G(s) of a
ANSWER : -1.2 to -1.0 [GATE-IN-2017-IITR]
unity feedback control system is given as,
(42) The loop transfer function of a closed-loop
 2
K  s  6 ks 
system is given by G  s  H  s   . G(s)  2
3
from the root locus, it can
s  s  2 s ( s  2)
The breakaway point of the root-loci will be be inferred that when k tends to positive
_______ infinity
AB [GATE-EE-2017-IITR] (A) Three roots with nearly equal real parts
(43) The root locus of the feedback control system exist on the left half of the s-plane
having the characteristic equation (B) One real root is found on the right half
s 2  6 Ks  2s  5  0 where K > 0, enters into of the s-plane
the real axis at (C) The root loci cross the j axis for finite
value of k ; k  0
(A) s = –1 (B) s =  5
(D) Three real roots are found on the right
(C) s = –5 (D) s = 5 half of the s-plane

Page 78 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS
AB [GATE-IN-1995-IITK] 1. Each locus starts at an open loop pole
(48) The break way point of the root locus from and ends either at an open loop zero or
the real axis for a closed-loop system with a infinity.
K ( s  10)
loop gain G(s) H(s) = lies 2. Each locus starts at an open loop pole or
( s  2)(s  5) infinity and ends at an open loop zero.
(A) Between – 2 and origin 3. There are three separate root loci.
(B) Between – 2 and - 5 4. There are five separate root loci.

(C) Between – 10 and -  Which of these statements are correct?

(D) At  (A) 2 and 3 (B) 2 and 4

(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1 and 4
AB [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
(49) A certain closed loop system with unity AA [ESE-EE-2003]
feedback has the forward path transfer (53) The loop transfer function of a system is
K given by:
function given by G(s) = .
s ( s  1)( s  5) K (s 10)2 (s 100)
With the gain set at the ultimate value, the G(s)H (s) 
s(s  25)
system will oscillate at an angular frequency
of The number of loci terminating at infinity is
(A) 6 rad/sec (B) 5 rad/sec (A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 rad/sec (D) 3 rad/sec (C) 2 (D) 3
AC [ESE-EE-2004]
AC[GATE-IN-2011-IITM]
(54) A control system has
(50) Consider the second – order system with the
characteristic equation G( s)H (s)  K[s(s  4)(s 2  4s  20)](0  K  ).
s ( s  3)  K ( s  5)  0 Based on the
What is the number of breakaway points in
properties of the root loci, it can be shown the root locus diagram?
that the complex portion of the root loci of
the given system for 0 < K <  is described (A) One (B) Two
by a circle, and the two breakaway points on
the real axis are (C) Three (D) Zero
AC [ESE-EC-2006]
(A) 5  5 / 2 (B) 5  5
(55) For a given unity feedback system with
(C) 5  10 (D) 5  2 5 k (s  3)
G(s) 
s(s  1)(s  2)(s  5)
AC [ESE-EE-2001]
(51) The characteristic equation of a feedback What is the real axis intercept for root locus
control system is given by asymptotes?
2 1
s3  5s 2  (K  6)s  K  0 (A) (B)
3 4
In the root loci diagram, the asymptotes of the 5 3
root loci for large ‘K’ meet at a point in the s- (C)  (D) 
plane whose coordinates are 3 2

(A) (2, 0) (B) (–1, 0) AC [ESE-EE-2009]

(56) The open loop transfer function of a closed
(C) (–2, 0) (D) (–3, 0) loop control system is given as :
AA [ESE-EE-2003] K ( s  2)
G (s) H ( s)  .
(52) Consider the following statements with s ( s  1)( s  4) 2
reference to the root loci of the characteristic What are the number of asymptotes and the
equation of unity feedback control system
with an open loop transfer function of centroid of the asymptotes and the centroid of
K ( s  1)( s  3)( s  5) the asymptotes of the root-loci of closed loop
G ( s) 
s ( s  2) system?

www.targate.org Page 79
CONTROL SYSTEM

7  AC [GATE-IN-2007-IITK]
(A) 3;  , 0  (B) 2;(2,0) (60) If the root locus plot of the closed loop
3 
7  system passes through the points  j 11, the
(C) 3;  ,0 (D) 2;( 2, 0)
 3  maximum values of K for stability of the
unity feedback closed loop system is
AC [ESE-EE-2011]
(57) The breakaway point in the root loci plot for (A) 11 (B) 6
the loop transfer function
K (C) 10 (D) 6 11
G (s) H (s)  is
s ( s  3) 2 AD [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]
(1) 2.5 (2) 3.0 (61) The open loop poles of a third order unity
(3) 1.0 (4) 0.5 feedback system are at 0, –1, –2. Let the
frequency corresponding to the point where
Which of these statements are correct? the root locus of the system transits to
(A) 1 and 2 unstable region be K. Now suppose we
(B) 2 and 3 introduce a zero in the open loop transfer
function at –3, while keeping all the earlier
(C) 3 and 4 open loop poles intact. Which one of the
(D) 1, 2, 3 and 4 following is TRUE about the point where the
root locus of the modified system transits to
AC [ESE-EC-2011] unstable region ?
(58) The characteristic equation of a control
system is given as: (A) It corresponds to a frequency greater
than K.
K(s 1)
1 0 (B) It corresponds to a frequency less that K.
s(s  4)(s2  2s  2)
(C) It corresponds to a frequency K.
For large values of s, the root loci for K  0 (D) Root locus of modified system never
are asymptotic to asymptotes, where do the
transits to unstable region
asymptotes intersect on the real axis?
5 2 A00 [GATE-IN-1992-IITD]
(A) (B)  (62) A unity feedback system has open loop poles
3 3
( 2  j 2 ) and 0. It has a single zero at
5 4
(C)  (D) ( 4  j 0 ). The angle of departure of the root
3 3 locus branch starting from the pole (–2 –j2) is
Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next …..
two Questions :
A transfer function with unity DC gain has three AB[GATE-EC-2002-IISc]
(63) Which of the following points is NOT on the
poles at –1, –2 and –3 and no finite zeros. A plant
root locus of a system with the open-loop
with this transfer function is connected with a
K
proportional controller of gain K in the forward transfer function G ( s ) H ( s ) 
s ( s  1)( s  3)
path, in a unity feedback configuration.
(A) s   j 3 (B) s  1.5
AB [GATE-IN-2007-IITK] (C) s  3 (D) s  
(59) The transfer function is
s AD[GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
(A)
( s  1)( s  2)( s  3) (64) The root locus of the system
K
6 G (s)H (s)  has the break-
(B) s ( s  2)( s  3)
( s  1)( s  2)( s  3) away point located at
s (A) (–0.5, 0) (B) (–2.548, 0)
(C)
( s  1)( s  2)( s  3) (C) (–4, 0) (D) (–0.784, 0)

6 KANODIA AC
(D)
( s  1)( s  2)( s  3) (65) For the ufb system shown below, consider
two points

Page 80 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS

1 (69) The forward path transfer function of a ufb

s1  2  j 3 and s2  2  j system is
2
K ( s  3)
G (s) 
s ( s  1)( s  2)( s  4)
The angles of asymptotes are
 2 4
Which of the above points lie on root locus ? (A) 0, ,  (B) 0, ,
2 3 3
(A) Both s1 and s2
 5
(B) s1 but not s2 (C) , , (D) None of these
3 3
(C) s2 but not s1
KANODIA AB
(D) neither s1 nor s2 (70) Match List-I with List-II in respect of the
open loop transfer function
KANODIA AC
K ( s  10)( s 2  20 s  500)
(66) The characteristic equation of a feedback G (s) H (s) 
control system is given by s ( s  20)( s  50)( s 2  4 s  5)
(s 2  4s  4)(s 2  11s  30)  and choose the correct option.
Ks 2  4 K  0 List-I (Types of Loci)
where K  0 . In the root locus of this P. Separate Loci
system, the asymptotes meet in s - plane at Q. Loci on the real axis
(A) (–9.5, 0) R. Asymptotes
(B) (–5.5, 0) S. Break away points

(C) (–7.5, 0) List-II (Numbers)

1. One
(D) None of the above
2. Two
KANODIA AD
(67) The root locus of the system having the loop 3. Three
transfer function, 4. Five
K P Q R S
G ( s) H (s )  has
s ( s  4)( s 2  4 s  5)
(A) 4 3 1 1
(A) 3 break-away points (B) 4 3 2 1
(B) 3 break-in points (C) 3 4 1 1
(C) 2 break-in and 1 break-away point (D) 3 4 1 2
(D) 2 break-in and 1 break-in point AC [GATE-EE-2010-IITG]
(71) The characteristic equation of a closed-loop
KANODIA AB system is
K ( s  6) s( s  1)( s  3)  K ( s  2)  0, K  0
(68) For the system G ( s ) H ( s )  ,
( s  2)( s  4)
consider the following characteristic of the Which of the following statements is
root true ?
locus : (A) Its roots are always real
1. It has one asymptote.
2. It has intersection with j-axis. (B) It cannot have a breakaway point in the
range 1  Re[ s ]  0
3. It has two real axis intersections.
4. It has two zeros at infinity. (C) Two of its roots tend to infinity along
The root locus have characteristics the asymptotes Re[ s ]  1

(A) 1 and 2 (B) 1 and 3 (D) It may have complex roots in the right
(C) 3 and 4 (D) 2 and 4 half plane.

KANODIA AC

www.targate.org Page 81
CONTROL SYSTEM
Common Data for Next Three Questions : (C) One breakaway point located at s = –
The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback 3.41
system is given by
(D) One breakaway point located as s
2( s   ) = 1.41
G (s)  ;  0
s ( s  2)( s  10)
1.2:1.3; –1.3 : –1.2 [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
KANODIA AB (77) The open-loop transfer function of a unity-
(72) Angles of asymptotes are feedback control system is

(A) 600 ,1200 ,3000

K
G(s)  2
s  5s  5
(B) 600 ,1800 ,3000
The value of K at the breakaway point of the
(C) 900 , 270 0 , 3600 feedback control system is root-locus plot is
(D) 900 ,1800 ,2700 _____

KANODIA AC A–3.45 : –3.35 [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]

(73) Intercepts of asymptotes at the real axis is (78) The forward-path transfer function and the
10 feedback-path transfer function of a single
(A) – 6 (B)  loop negative feedback control system are
3 given as
(C) – 4 (D) – 8
K (s  2)
KANODIA AC G(s )  and H ( s )  1
s 2  2s  2
(74) Break away points are
respectively. If the variable parameter K is
(A) – 1.056m – 3.471 real positive, then the location of the
(B) – 2.112, – 6.943 breakaway point on the root locus diagram of
(C) – 1.056, – 6.943 the system is ________
(D) 1.056, – 6.943
AA [GATE-EE-2016-IISc]
KANODIA AD (79) The gain at the breakaway point of the root
(75) The open loop transfer function of a control locus of a unity feedback system with open
system is Ks
loop transfer function G ( s ) 
Ke 8 s ( s  1)( s  4)
G (s) H (s) 
s ( s  2) is :
For low frequencies, consider the following (A) 1 (B) 2
statements regarding the system. (C) 5 (D) 9
1. s = 2.73 is break-away point. ANSWER : (A) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
2. s = – 0.73 is break-away point. (80) A linear time invariant (LTI) system with the
transfer function
3. s = – 0.73 is break-in point.
K  s 2  2s  2 
4. s = 2.73 is break-in point. G s  
Which of the following is correct ?
s 2
 3s  2 

(A) 1 and 2 (B) 3 and 4 is connected in unity feedback configuration

as shown in the figure.
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 4
AC [GATE-IN-2008-IISc]
(76) The open loop transfer function of a unity
feedback system is
K ( s  2)
G(s) = For the closed loop system shown, the root
(s  1  j1)(s  1  j1)
locus for 0  K   intersects the imaginary
The root locus plot of the system has axis for K = 1.5. The closed loop system is
(A) Two breakaway points located at s = stable for
0.59 and s  3.41 (A) K > 1.5
(B) One breakaway point located at s =
(B) 1 < K < 1.5
0.59

Page 82 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS
(C) 0 < K < 1.5 (A) no breakaway point

(D) no positive value of K (B) three real breakaway points

(C) only one breakaway point
AC[ESE-EE-2015]
(81) The open-loop transfer function of a feedback (D) one real and two complex breakaway
control system is given by points
K ( s  8) AD[ESE-EC-2000]
G ( s) H ( s ) 
s( s  4)( s 2  4 s  8) (86) The intersection of asymptotes of root-loci of
a system with open-loop transfer function
In the root locus diagram of the system, the K
asymptotes of the root loci for large values of G ( s) H ( s )  is
s( s  1)( s  3)
K meet at a point in the s-plane. Which one of
the following is the set of coordinator of that (A) 1.44 (B) 1.33
point? (C) –1.44 (D) –1.33
(A) (–1, 0) (B) (–2, 0) AC[ESE-EC-1999]
(C) (0, 0) (D) (2, 0) (87) Consider the loop transfer function
K ( s  6)
AA[ESE-EC-2016] G ( s) H ( s) 
(82) A unity feedback system has open-loop poles ( s  3)( s  5)
at s  2  j 2, s  1 and s  0 and a zero at In the root-locus diagram, the centroid will be
s  3 . What are the angles made b y the located at
root-loci asymptotes with the real axis?
(A) –4 (B) –1
(A) 60 0 ,180 0 and 60.0
(C) –2 (D) –3
(B) 30 0 ,90 0 and 60.0
AC [GATE-IN-2019-IITM]
0 0
(C) 60 ,120 and 30 .0 (88) In a control system with unity gain feedback,
the plant has the transfer function
(D) 30 0 , 60 0 and 180.0 p ( s )  3 / s . Assuming that a controller of the
form C(s) = K/(s + p) is used , where K is a
AB[ESE-EC-2015] positive constant, the value of p for which the
(83) The number of branches of the root loci of the root-locus of the closed-oop system passes
equation s( s  4)( s  5)  K ( s  2)  0 is
through the points 3  j3 3 where j  1 ,
(A) 2 (B) 3 is :
(C) 4 (D) 5 (A) 3 (B) 3 3
(when K varies from   to   ) (C) 6 (D) 9

AC[ESE-EC-2001] A D [GATE-IN-2012-IITD]
(84) An open loop transfer function is given by (89) The open loop transfer function of a unity
gain negative feedback control system is
K ( s  1)
G (s)H (s )  s2  4s  8
s ( s  2)( s 2  2 s  2) given by G(s) = . The angle θ ,
s(s  2)(s  8)
It has at which the root locus approaches the zeros
(A) one zero at infinity of the system, satisfies
(B) two zeros at infinity 1
(A) | θ |= π - tan 1  
(C) three zeros at infinity  4

(D) four zeros at infinity 3π 1

(B) | θ |  tan 1  
4  3
AB[ESE-EC-2001]
(85) The root locus plot of the system having the π 1
(C) | θ |  tan 1  
loop transfer function 2 4
K π
G ( s) H ( s)  has 1
s( s  4)( s 2  4 s  5) (D) | θ |  tan 1  
4  3

www.targate.org Page 83
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB[ESE-EE-2015] (C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is
(90) A unity feedback system has open-loop false.
transfer function
(D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II) is
K ( s  4) true.
G ( s) 
( s  1)( s  2)
AB[ESE-EC-2016]
The portions of the real axis that lie on the K (s  2)
root loci are between (94) Consider the system with G(s)  2
s  2s  3
(A) s = –2 and s = –4; s = –1 and  and H ( s )  1 . The breakaway point(s) of the
root loci is/are at
(B) s = –1 and s = –2; s = –4 and 
(A) –0.265 only
(C) s = 0 and s = –2; beyond s = –4
(B) –3.735 only
(D) s = 0 and s = –1
(C) –3.735 and –0.265
AC[ESE-EC-2019]
(D) There is no breakaway point
(91) Consider a feedback system with the
characteristic equation AA [GATE-IN-1992-IITD]
1 (95) If the open loop transfer function of negative
1 K 0 feedback control system is
s( s  1)( s  2)
K
G ( s) H ( s)  , then the gain K for a
The asymptotes of the three branches of root ( s  1)3
locus plot of this system will form the
 1 3
following angles with the real axis closed loop poles to be at    j  is
 2 2 

(A) 60 0 ,120 0 and 300 0
(A) 1 (B) 2
(B) 60 0 ,120 0 and180 0
(C) 3 (D) 4
(C) 60 0 ,180 0 and 300 0
AC [GATE-IN-2016-IISc]
(D) 40 0 ,120 0 and 200 0 (96) For the feedback system given below, the
1
AB[ESE-EC-2018] transfer function G ( s )  . The system
( s  1) 2
(92) For the open-loop system
CANNOT be stabilized with
K
G ( s) H ( s) 
s ( s  1)( s  2)
the breakaway point is
(A) 0.23 (B) 0.42 (A) C ( s )  1  3
s
(C) 1.47 (D) 3.47 7
(B) C ( s )  3 
AA[ESE-EC-2016] s
(93) Statement (I) : The complex conjugate poles (C) C ( s )  3  9
and zeros of the open-loop transfer function s
have no effect on the root-loci on the real (D) C ( s )  1
axis. s
Statement (II) : Angle contribution of such a
pair of conjugate poles or zeros is 2 radians
********
on the real axis.
(A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are
individually true and Statement (II) is the
correct explanation of Statement (I).
(B) Both Statements (I) and Statement (II) are
individually true but Statement (II) is not
the correct explanation of Statement (I).

Page 84 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS

LOCUS RELATED PROBLEMS

AA (D)
1
(97) For G ( s ) H ( s )  2 the root locus plot will
s
be :
AA [GATE-EE-1992-IITD]
(A) (B) (100) Which of the following figure(s) represent
valid root loci in the s – plane for positive K?
Assume that the system has transfer function
with real coefficient.

(C) (D)
(A)

AB
(98) Which of the following RL plot indicates a
stable system for all values of K
(B)

(A) (B)

(C)
(C) (D)

AA [GATE-EE-1991-IITM] (D)
(99) A unity feedback system has an open-loop
transfer function of the form

K ( s  a) AA [GATE-IN-2005-IITB]
KG( s)  ; b  a which of the loci
s 2 ( s  b) (101) The Routh – Hurwitz array is given for a third
shown in Fig. can be valid root-loci for the order characteristic equation
system?

(A)

s3 1 b 0 0
2
s a c 0 0
(6  k )
(B) s1 0
3
s0 k
The coefficients a, b, c and k are such that a =
3, b > 0, k > 0, C > 0 and c is a function of k.
The root locus for the corresponding
characteristic equation is as shown in the
(C) given figure. The value of k and c for critical
stability respectively are
(A) 6 and 6 (B) 6 and 2
(C) 3 and 2 (D) 3 and 3

www.targate.org Page 85
CONTROL SYSTEM
AB [GATE-EE-2002-IISc]
(102) A unity feedback system has an open loop
K
transfer function, G(s) = 2 . the root locus
s
plot is
(A) 1/4 (B) 5/4
(C) -3/4 (D) 11/4
(A) (B)
AD [ESE-EE-2011]
(106) Loop transfer function of unity feedback
K(s2  64)
system is G(s) = . The correct root
s(s2 16)
locus diagram for the system is
(C) (D)

AD [ESE-EC-2003]
(103) The figure given below shows the root locus
of a unity feedback system. The open loop
(A)
transfer function of the system is :

K Ks
(A) (B) (B)
s(s 1)(s  2) (s  1)(s  2)
K (s  1) K(s  2)
(C) (D)
s(s  2) s(s  1)

AC[GATE-IN-2006-IITKGP]
(104) The root locus of a plant is given in the
following figure. The root locus crosses
imaginary axis at    2 rad/s with gain K (C)
= 384. It is observed that the point s =
1.5  j1.5 lies on the root locus. The gain K at
s = 1.5  j1.5 is computed as

(D)
(A) 11.3 (B) 21.2
(C) 41.25 (D) 61.2
AB [ESE-EC-2011]
(105) Given the root locus of a system Common Data for Next Two questions :
The root locus plot for a system, with transfer
4K
G(s)  2
(s  1)(s  3) function , is shown in below figure.
s( s  1)( s  2)
What will be the gain for obtaining the A unity feedback proportional control system is
damping ratio 0.707? built using this system.

Page 86 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS
AB [GATE-IN-2003-IITM] AA[GATE-EC-1989-IITK]
(107) The maximum possible controller gain, for (110) The transfer function of a closed loop system
which the unity feedback system is stable, is K
approximately is : T ( s)  2 Where K is
s  (3  K )( s  1)
these forward path gain. The root locus plot
of the system is

(A)

(A) 6.0 (B) 3.0

(C) 0.4 (D) 0.2

AD [GATE-IN-2003-IITM]
(108) The maximum possible controller gain, for
which the unity feedback system exhibits a
non-oscillatory response to a unit step input is (B)
(A) 6.0 (B) 3.0

(C) 0.4 (D) 0.2

AA[GATE-EC-1988-IITKGP]
(109) The OLTF of a feedback system is G(s) H(s)
K (s  1)(s  3)
 . The root locus for the same
s2  4s  8
is
(C)

(A)

(D)
(B)

AA[GATE-EC-1991-IITM]
(C)
(111) Given a unity feedback system with open-
K
loop transfer function. G( s)  .
s( s  1)( s  2)
The root locus plot of the system is of the
form.
(D)

www.targate.org Page 87
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC[GATE-EC-2005-IITB]
(113) An unity feedback system is given as,
K (1  s )
G ( s)  Indicate the correct root
s( s  3)
(A) locus diagram

(A)

(B)
(B)

(C)
(C)

(D)

(D)

AB[GATE-EC-2009-IITR]
(114) The feedback configuration and the pole-zero
AD[GATE-EC-2001-IITK] s 2  2s  2
(112) The root-locus diagram for a closed-loop locations of G(s)  2 are shown
feedback system is shown in the figure. The s  2s  2
system is overdamped. below. The root locus for Negative values of
K, i.e. for  K  0 , has break away/break-
in points and angle of departure at pole P
(with respect to the positive real axis) equal to

(A) Only if 0  K 1
(B) Only if 1  K  1
(C) Only if K > 5
(D) If 0  K 1 or K  5

Page 88 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS

(A)  2 and 0 0 A12[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]

(117) A unity negative feedback system has the
(B)  2 and 450
open-loop transfer
(C)  3 and 0 0 K
function G( s)  . The value of
(D)  3 and 450 s( s  1)( s  3)
the gain K(> 0) at which the root locus
AB[GATE-EC-2011-IITM] crosses the imaginary axis is :
(115) The root locus plot for a system is given
below. The open loop transfer function KANODIA AD
corresponding to this plot is given by (118) Form the given sketch the root locus can be

(A)

(B)

s( s  1)
(A) G ( s) H ( s )  K
( s  2)( s  3)
(C)
( s  1)
(B) G ( s) H ( s)  K
s ( s  2)( s  3) 2

1
(C) G ( s ) H ( s )  K
s ( s  1)( s  2)( s  3)
(D)
( s  1)
(D) G ( s) H ( s)  K
s( s  2)( s  3)

AB[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP] KANODIA AD
(116) In the root locus plot shown in the figure, the (119) Consider the sketch shown below.
pole/zero marks and the arrows have been
removed. Which one of the following transfer
functions has this root locus ?
(1)

(2)

s 1
(A)
( s  2)( s  4)( s  7)
(3)
s4
(B)
( s  1)( s  2)( s  7)
s7
(C)
( s  1)( s  2)( s  4)
( s  1)( s  2) (4)
(D)
( s  7)( s  4)

www.targate.org Page 89
CONTROL SYSTEM
The root locus can be :
(C)
(A) (1) and (3) (B) (2) and (3)
(C) (2) and (4) (D) (1) and (4)
KANODIA AA
(120) The valid root locus diagram is (D)

KANODIA AC
(A) (122) An open-loop pole-zero plot is shown below

(B) The general shape of the root locus is

(A)

(C)
(B)

(D) (C)

KANODIA AA
(121) An open-loop pole-zero plot is shown below
(D)

KANODIA AA
The general shape of the root locus is (123) An open-loop pole-zero plot is shown below.

(A)

(B)
The general shape of the root locus is

Page 90 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS
KANODIA AC
(125) The forward-path open-loop transfer function
of a ufb system is
(A)
K (s  2)(s  6)
G(s) 
s2  8s  25
The root locus for the system is

(B)
(A)

(C)
(B)

(D)
(C)

KANODIA AA
(124) An open-loop pole-zero plot is shown below.
(D)

KANODIA AB
The general shape of the root locus is (126) The forward-path open-loop transfer function
of a ufb system is
K ( s 2  4)
(A) G (s ) 
( s 2  1)

For this system, root locus is

(B)
(A)

(C)

(B)

(D)

www.targate.org Page 91
CONTROL SYSTEM

K ( s 2  2 s  2)
(A)
( s  3)( s  2)
(C) K ( s  3)( s  2)
(B)
( s3  2s  2)
K ( s 2  2 s  2)
(C)
( s  3)( s  2)
K ( s  3)( s  2)
(D)
(s 3  2 s  2)
(D)
KANODIA AC
(129) The break point is
(A) break away at    1.29
KANODIA AA
(B) break in at    2.43
(127) The forward-path open-loop transfer function
of a ufb system is (C) break away at    2.43
K (s 2  1) (D) break in at    1.29
G( s) 
s2
KANODIA AA
The root locus of this system is (130) Consider the feedback system shown below.

(A)

For this system, the root locus is

(A)

(B)

(B)

(C)
(C)

(D)
(D)

KANODIA AD
Common Data for Next two questions : (131) For a ufb system forward-path transfer
An open-loop pole-zero plot is shown below. function is
K ( s  6)
G( s ) 
( s  3)( s  5)
The breakaway point and break-in points are
located respectively at
(A) ,4.27 (B) 7.73,4.27
KANODIA AC
(128) The transfer function of this system is (C) 4.27, (D) 4.27,7.73

Page 92 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS
KANODIA AB
(132) The open loop transfer function of a system is (C) (D)
given by
K
G ( s) H ( s) 
s( s  1)( s  2)
AD[GATE-EC-1988-IITKGP]
The root locus plot of above system is
(135) Consider a closed-loop system shown in fig.
(a) below. The root locus for it shown in fig.
(A) (b). the closed loop transfer function for the
system is

(B)
(A)

(C)

(B)
K
(A)
(D) 1  (0.5 s  1)(10 s  1)
K
(B)
( s  2)( s  0.1)
KANODIA AD K
(C)
(133) A ufb system has forward-path transfer 1  K (0.5s  1)(10 s  1)
function,
K
K (D)
G(s)  K  0.2(0.5s  1)(10 s  1)
s2
The root locus plot is KANODIA AB
(136) Consider the ufb system shown below.
(A) (B)

The root-loci, as  is varied, will be

(C) (D)
(A) (B)

KANODIA AA
(134) A ufb system has open-loop transfer function, (C) (D)
K ( s  )
G ( s)  2 ,    0
s ( s  )
The valid root-loci for this system is
Common Data for Next Two questions :
(A) (B) The forward-path transfer function of a ufb system
is :
K ( s  )( s  3)
G ( s) 
s( s 2  1)

www.targate.org Page 93
CONTROL SYSTEM
KANODIA AA KANODIA AB
(137) The root-loci for K > 0 with   5 is : (139) The root-locus of a ufb system is show below

(A)

The open loop transfer function is

(B) K K ( s  3)
(A) (B)
s( s  1)( s  3) s ( s  1)
K ( s  1) Ks
(C) (D)
s( s  3) ( s  1)( s  3)

(C) KANODIA AD
(140) The characteristic equation of a linear control
system is s 2  5 Ks  9  0 . The root loci of
the system is

(D) (A) (B)

KANODIA AC
(138) The root-loci for   5 with K = 10 is : (C) (D)

(A)

KANODIA AC
(141) An unity feedback system is given as
K (1  s )
G ( s)  . Which of the following is
s( s  3)
(B) the correct root locus diagram ?

(A)

(C)

(B)

(D)
(C)

Page 94 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS

K K
(A) (B)
s3 2
s ( s  1)
(D) K K
(C) (D)
s( s 2  1) s ( s 2  1)

KANODIA AA
(144) For the characteristic equation
KANODIA AB s 3  2 s 2  Ks  K  0 , the root locus of the
(142) A closed-loop system has the characteristic system as K varies from zero to infinity is
function,
( s 2  4)( s  1)  K ( s  1)  0
Its root locus plot against K is :

(A)
(A)

(B)
(B)

(C)
(C)

(D) none of these

(D) KANODIA AC
(145) The open loop transfer function of a ufb
system and root locus plot for the system is
shown below.
K
G ( s ) H ( s) 
AA [GATE-EE-2005-IITB] s ( s  2)( s  4)
(143) Figure shows the root locus plot (location of
poles not given) of a third order system
whose open loop transfer function is :

The range of K for which the system has

damped oscillatory response is

www.targate.org Page 95
CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) 0  K  48   0.5, intersects the root locus at point A.
(B) K  3 .08 The distance from the origin to point A is
(C) 3 .08  K  48
given as 0.5. The value of k at point A is
______.
(D) K  48

KANODIA AB
(146) The root locus plot for a control system is
shown below.

AC [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
Consider the following statements regarding (149) The root locus of a unity feedback system is
the system. shown in the figure
1. System is stable for all positive value of
K
2. System has real and repeated poles for
0 .57 3  K  7.46 4
3. System has damped oscillatory response
for all values of K greater than 0.573.
4. System is overdamped for 0  K  0.573 The closed loop transfer function of the
and K  7.464 . system is
Which of the following is correct ? C ( s) K
(A) 
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 4 R( s ) ( s  1)( s  2)
(C) 2 and 3 (D) all C ( s) K
(B) 
AC [ESE-EE-2006] R ( s) ( s  1)( s  2)  K
(147) The root locus plot is shown below
C ( s) K
(C) 
R( s) ( s  1)( s  2)  K
C ( s) K
(D) 
R( s) ( s  1)( s  2)  K

AD[ESE-EE-2018]
(150) The open-loop transfer function G ( s ) H ( s) of
a root locus plot of a system as shown in
figure is

The damping ratio for the value K  K1 is :

(A) 1.41 (B) 1.73
(C) 0.577 (D) 0.707
A0.32to0.41 [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(148) The characteristic equation of a unity
negative feedback system is 1. + K G (S) = 0.
The open loop transfer function G (S) has one 4 4
(A) (B)
pole at 0 and two poles at – 1. The root locus ( s  1)1 ( s  1) 2
of the system for varying K is shown in the 4 4
figure. The constant damping ratio line for (C) (D)
( s  1)3 ( s  1) 4

Page 96 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 07 – ROOT LOCUS
AA[ESE-EC-1999]
(151) For a unity negativefeedback control system,
the open loop transfer function is
K
G ( s) 
s( s  1)( s  2)
The root-locus plot of the system is

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

-----000----

www.targate.org Page 97
CONTROL SYSTEM

Answer :
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
D D A A B B D C D C
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
A C B B C A D D C D
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
C B C B A B B C C A
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
* D A A A D C B B A
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
* * B A A A A B B C
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
C A A C C C C C B C
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
D * B D C C D B C B
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
C B C C D C * * A A
81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90.
C A A C B D C C D B
91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100.
C B A B A C A B A A
101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110.
A B D C B D B D A A
111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120.
A D C B B B 12 D D A
121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130.
A C A A C B A C C A
131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140.
D B D A D B A C B D
141. 142. 143. 144. 145. 146. 147. 148. 149. 150.
C B A A C B C * C D
151.
A

31. 2.24 to 2.26

41. 22.54
42. –1.2 to –1.0

62. 00
77. 1.2 to 1.3 or – 1.3 to –1.2
78. –3.45 to –3.35
78. 0.32 to 0.41

Page 98 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 08
Bode plot
MINIMUM PHASE SYSTEM (C) Unstable and of the minimum phase type

AA[ESE-EC-2019] (D) Unstable and of the non–minimum

(1) A transfer function having all its poles and phase type
zeros only in the left-half of the s-plane is AC [ESE-EE-2007]
called (5) Which one of the following is the correct
(A) a minimum-phase function statement?
(B) a complex transfer function A non minimum phase network is one whose
(C) an all-pass transfer function transfer function has
(D) a maximum-phase transfer function (A) Zeros in the left hand plane and poles in
the right hand plane
AD[ESE-EC-2001]
(2) Open loop transfer function of a system (B) Zeros and poles in the left hand plane
having one zero with a positive real value is (C) Zeros in the right hand plane and poles
called in the left hand plane
(A) zero phase function (D) Arbitrary distribution of zeros and poles
in the s–plane
(B) negative phase function
AA[ESE-EE-2007]
(C) positive phase function (6) The transfer function of a system is
(D) non-minimum phase function (1  s)(1  s). the system is then which one of
the following?
AD [ESE-EC-2006]
(3) Consider the following statements for (A) Non–minimum phase system
minimum phase system :
(B) Minimum phase system
1. All the poles of the transfer function (C) Low–pass system
should lie in the left of s–plane.
(D) Second–order system
2. The zeros of the transfer function can lie
anywhere in the s–plane. AD [ESE-EE-2008]
(7) Which of the following transfer functions
3. Given the magnitude characteristic over is/are minimum phase transfer functions(s)?
the entire frequency range, the phase
angle characteristic can be uniquely 1
1.
determined. ( s  1)
Which of the statements given above are ( s  1)
2.
correct? ( s  3)( s  4)
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) Only 1 and 2 ( s  2)
3.
(C) Only 2 and 3 (D) Only 1 and 3 ( s  3)( s  4)

AB [GATE-EE-2011-IITM] Select the correct answer using the codes

(4) An open loop system represented by the given below:
(s  1) (A) 1 and 3
transfer function G(s) = is
(s  2)(s  3) (B) 1 only
(A) Stable and of the minimum phase type (C) 2 and 3
(B) Stable and of the non–minimum phase (D) None of these
type

www.targate.org Page 99
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC[ESE-EC-2016] (C) the gain crossover and phase crossover
10( s  1) frequencies are very near to each other
(8) The transfer function G ( s)  (D) the gain crossover and phase crossover
( s  10)
frequencies are coincident.
represents
(A) Unstable system AC
(14) The frequency at which the magnitude of the
(B) Minimum phase system Bode plot crosses 0 db axis is termed as
(C) Non-minimum phase system (A) Natural frequency
(D) PID controller system (B) Phase crossover frequency
(C) Gain crossover frequency
AD [GATE-EC-2007-IITK]
(9) If the closed–loop transfer function of a (D) Corner frequency
control system is given as AB
s 5 (15) The frequency at which the phase curve of a
T(s) = , then it
(s  2)(s  3) Bode plot crosses 180 0 line is termed as

(A) An unstable system (A) Natural frequency

(B) An uncontrollable system (B) Phase crossover frequency
(C) A minimum phase system (C) Gain crossover frequency
(D) A Non-minimum phase system (D) Corner frequency

AA [GATE-EC –1995] AA[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]

(10) Non – minimum phase transfer function is (16) In a Bode magnitude plot, which one of the
defined as the transfer function following slopes would be exhibited at high
frequencies by a 4th order all-pole system ?
(A) Which has zeros in the right – half S – (A) –80 dB/decade
plane?
(B) –40 dB/decade
(B) Which has zeros only in the left – half S-
(C) +40 dB/decade
plane?
(D) +80 dB/decade
(C) Which has poles in the right – half S –
plane?
AC[ESE-EC-1999]
(D) Which has poles in the left – half S – (17) Assertion (A) : The phase angle plot in Bode
plane. diagram is not affected by the variation in the
gain of the system.
AA
(11) The initial slope of the Bode plot gives an Reason (R) : The variation in the gain of the
indication of system has no effect on the phase margin of
(A) Type of the system the system.
(B) Nature of the system time response (A) Both A and R true and 'R' is the correct
(C) System stability explanation of 'A'
(D) Gain margin (B) Both A and R true and 'R' is NOT the
correct explanation of 'A'
AC (C) 'A' is true, 'R' is false
(12) The term j on log–magnitude plot has a
(D) 'A' is false, 'R' is true
slope of
(A) –20 db/decade ********
(B) –6 db/decade
(C) 6 db/octave
BASIC LEVEL PROBLEMS
(D) 20 db/octave
AC
AA (18) The initial slope of the Bode plot for a type 2
(13) For a stable system system intersects 0 db axes at
(A) the gain crossover occurs earlier than
phase crossover (A)   0 (B)   K
(B) the phase crossover occurs earlier than 2
(C)   K (D)   K
gain crossover

Page 100 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT
AA[ESE-EC-2018] AB
(19) Statement (I) : The transportation lag in a (23) The open–loop transfer function of a unity
system can be easily handled by using Bode feed–back system is given below:
plot.
sK
Statement (II) : The magnitude plot is G ( js ) 
(0.5 s  1)
unaffected, and only the phase plot shifts by
The initial slope of Bode plot intersects 0 db
T rad due to the presence of e  st . axis at
(A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are (A)   K
individually true and Statement (II) is the 1
correct explanation of Statement (I). (B)  
K
(B) Both Statements (I) and Statement (II) are
individually true but Statement (II) is not (C)   K
the correct explanation of Statement (I). (D)   K
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is AB[ESE-EE-2016]
false. (24) For a type “1” system the intersection of the
(D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II) is initial slope of the Bode plot with 0 db axis
true. gives
(A) Steady state error
AB
(20) The gain for constructing the Bode plot in (B) Error constant
relation to transfer function
(C) Phase margin
20
G (s) H (s)  (D) Crossover frequency
s ( s  2)
(A) 20 (B) 10 AC
(C) 2 (D) 40 (25) The phase angle for the transfer function,
1
AA G ( j )  at corner frequency is
(1  j T ) 2
(21) With reference to Bode plot the corner
frequencies for the transfer function (A) 4 5 0 (B) 45 0
20(1  0.5s ) (C) 900 (D) 9 0 0
G ( s ) H ( s) 
s (1  0.2s )(1  s )(s 2  2s  9)
AD[ESE-EC-2015]
is : (26) The Bode plot of the transfer function G(s) =
(A) 1, 2, 3 and 5 rad/sec s is
(B) 1, 2, 3, and 4 rad/sec 1. Constant magnitude
(C) 1, 3, 5 and 9 rad/sec 2. 20 dB/decade
(D) 1, 2, 5 and 9 rad/sec 3. Constant phase shift angle
AB 4. Constant phase shift of  / 2
(22) The Bode plot given below is for
Which of these are correct?
(A) 1 and 3 (B) 1 and 4
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 2 and 4
AB
(27) If the horizontal distance of logarithmic scale
between   1 to   10 is 1 unit, the
(A) Pure integration distance between   1 to   20 is
(B) Pure differentiation
(A) 2 unit (B) 1.301 unit
(C) Constant term
(C) 0.602 unit (D) 1.2 unit
(D) Integrodifferential term

www.targate.org Page 101

CONTROL SYSTEM
AC AA [GATE-IN-2005-IITB]
(28) For the gain term K, the log–magnitude (db) (33) Identify the transfer function corresponding to
sketch in Bode plot is : an all–pass filter from the following:
(A) Zero db 1  sτ 1  sτ1
(A) (B)
(B) Negative 1  sτ 1  sτ2
(C) Negative or positive depending on the 1 sτ
value of K (C) (D)
1  sτ 1  sτ
(D) positive
AC [ESE-EE-2009]
AA (34) What is the error in magnitude at the corner
(29) The Bode plot given under frequency for an asymptotic Bode magnitude
n
plot for the term ( 1 sτ) ?
(A) 20n db (B) 6n db
(C) 3n db (D) 1n db
AD [ESE-EE-2008]
(35) The low frequency and high frequency
asymptotes of Bode magnitude plot are
respectively – 60 db/decade and –40
db/decade. What is the type of the system?
(A) Pure integration
(A) Type 0 (B) Type I
(B) Pure differentiation
(C) Type II (D) Type III
(C) Constant term
AD [ESE-EE-2009]
(D) integro–differential term
(36) The poles and zeroes of an all–pass network
AB [ESE-EC-2013] are located in which part of the s–plane
10 (A) Poles and zeroes are in the left right half
(30) The transfer function of a system is . s–plane
1 s
(B) Poles and zeroes are in the left half s–
At a frequency of 0.1 rad/sec, the straight line
plane
Bode plot will have a magnitude of :
(C) Poles in right half and zeroes in left half
(A) 10 dB (B) 20 dB
of s–plane
(C) 0 dB (D) 40 dB
(D) Poles in the left half and zeroes in right
AC [ESE-EE-2014] half of s–plane
(31) In the Bode plot of a unity feedback control
AC [ESE-EE-2008]
system, the value of phase of G ( j) at the
(37) Which one of the following is correct?
gain cross-over frequency is 1250 . The
phase margin of the system is The slope of the asymptotic Bode magnitude
plot is integer multiple of
(A) 1250 (B) 55 0 (A) 40 db/decade
0 0
(C) 55 (D) 125 (B) 12 db/octave
AC [ESE-EE-2009] (C) 6 db/octave
1 (D) 3 db/octave
(32) What is the slope of the line due to
j
AC [ESE-EE-2009]
factor in magnitude part of Bode plot?
(38) What is the initial slope of Bode magnitude
(A) 20 db per octave plot of a type–2 system?

(B) 10 db per octave (A) – 20 db/decade

(B) + 20 db/decade
(C) 6 db per octave
(C) – 40 db/decade
(D) 2 db per octave (D) + 40 db/decade

Page 102 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT
AC[GATE-EC-1998-IITD] compensator
(39) In the Bode-plot of a unity feedback control s
system, the value of phase of G ( j) at the (D) Unstable (h)
s 2  s  100
gain cross over frequency is 1250 . The 10(1  0.3s )
phase margin of the system is (i)
(1  0.1s )
(A) 1250 (B) 55 0
(C) 550 (D) 1250 AD [GATE-EE-2007-IITK]
(45) The system 900/s(s + 1) (s + 9) is to be such
AB [GATE-EC-1987-IITB] that its gain-crossover frequency becomes
(40) A system has fourteen poles and two zeros. same as its uncompensated phase crossover
Its high frequency asymptote in its magnitude frequency and provides a 450 phase margin.
plot having a slope of : To achieve this. One may use
(A) –40 dB/ decade
(A) a lag compensator that provides an
(B) –240 dB/decade
attenuation of 20 dB and a phase lag of
(C) –280 dB/decade
450 at the frequency of 3 3 rad/s
(D) –320 dB/decade
(B) a lead compensator that provides an
AC [GATE-EC –1998]
(41) In the Bode–plot of a unity feedback control amplification of 20 dB and a phase lead
system, the value of phase of G( j) at the of 450 at the frequency of 3 rad/s
gain cross over frequency is 1250. The (C) a lag-lead compensator that provides an
phase margin of the system is amplification of 20 dB and a phase lag
(A) 1250 (B) 550
of 450 at the frequency of 3 rad/s
0 0
(C) 55 (D) 125
(D) a lag-lead compensator that provides an
AD [GATE-IN-2000-IITKGP] attenuation of 20 dB and a phase lead of
(42) The transfer function of a second order all 450 at the frequency of 3 rad/s
pass filter is :
s2 cs ANSWER : (A) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(A) 2 (B) 2 (46) Consider a stable system with transfer
s  as  b s  as  b
function
s2  d s 2  as  b s p  b1s p1  ......  b p
(C) (D)
s 2  as  b s 2  as  b G s 
sq  a1s q1  .....  a q
0.30 AA[ESE-EE-2019]
Where b1 ,......., b p and a 1 ,........, a q are real
1  sT
(43) A transfer function G ( s )  has a phase valued constants. The slope of the Bode log
1  sT
magnitude curve of G(s) converges to -60
angle of (2tan 1 T ) which varies from 00 dB/decade as    . A possible pair of
to 180 0 as  is increased from 0 to  . It is values for p and q is
the transfer function for (A) p = 0 and q = 3
(A) All pass system (B) p = 1 and q = 7
(B) Low pass system (C) p = 2 and q = 3
(D) p = 3 and q = 5
(C) High pass system
(D) Band pass system AA [GATE-EC-2004-IITD]
(47) A system has poles at 0.01 Hz, 1 Hz and 80
(A-f,B-e,C-i,D-g )[GATE-IN-1996] Hz; zeros at 5 Hz, 100 Hz and 200 Hz. The
(44) Match the characteristics with the system approximate phase of the system response at
transfer function. 20 Hz is :
(A) All pass (e) e0.5s (A)  90 0 (B) 0 0
(B) Transport delay (f)
1 s (C) 90 0 (D)  180 0
1 s
AB
1
(C) Lead (g) (48) Initial slope of the Bode plot for a transfer
s2  2s  3 function having no poles at the origin is
www.targate.org Page 103
CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) –10 db/decade STANDARD LEVEL PROBLEMS
(B) 0 db/decade
AA [GATE –EC – 2010]
(C) 10 db/decade
(54) For the asymptotic Bode magnitude plot
(D) 24 db/decade shown below, the system transfer function
AB [ESE-EE-2004] can be
(49) A minimum phase unity feedback system has
a Bode plot with a constant slope of 20
db/decade for all frequencies. What is the
value of the maximum phase margin for the
system?
(A) 0 0 (B) 9 0 0
(C)  9 0 0 (D) 180 0
AB[ESE-EE-2017] 10 s  1 100s  1
(50) A system has 14 poles and 2 zeros in its open- (A) (B)
0.1s  1 0.1s  1
loop transfer function. The slope of its highest
frequency asymptotes in its magnitude plot is 100s 0.1s  1
(C) (D)
(A) –40 dB/dec (B) –240 dB/dec 10s  1 10s  1
(C) +40 dB/dec (D) +240 dB/dec AC[ESE-EC-2018]
(55) Which one of the following transfer functions
AB[ESE-EC-2016] represents the Bode plot as shown in the
(51) The Bode plot of the open-loop transfer figure (where K is constant)?
function of a system is described as follows:
 Slope –40 dB/decade;   0.1rad/s
 Slope –20 dB/decade; 0.1    10 rad/s
 Slope 0;   10 rad/s
The system described will have
(A) 1 pole and 2 zeros
(B) 2 pole and 2 zeros
(C) 2 pole and 1 zeros
(D) 1 pole and 1 zeros
Ks 2 Ks 2
AD[ESE-EC-2001] (A) 3
(B) 4
 s   s 
(52) An open loop transfer function of a unity 1   1  
feedback control system has two finite zeros,  10   10 
two poles at origin and two pairs of complex
conjugate poles. The slope of high frequency Ks 2 Ks 2
(C) 5
(D) 2
asymptote in Bode magnitude plot will be  s   s 
1   1  
(A) +40 dB/decade (B) 0 dB/decade  10   10 
(C) –40 dB/decade (D) –80 dB/decade AB[ESE-EC-2018]
(56) The open-loop transfer function G ( s ) H ( s) of
AC[ESE-EC-2016]
(53) Consider the transfer function the Bode plot as shown in the figure is

5( s 2  10 s  100)
G ( s) 
s 2 ( s 2  15s  1)
The corner frequencies in Bode’s plot for this
transfer function are as
(A) 10 r/s and 10 r/s
(B) 100 r/s and 1 r/s
(C) 10 r/s and 1 r/s
Ks(s  2) K ( s  20)
(D) 100 r/s and 1 r/s (A) (B)
s  20 s ( s  2)
********
Page 104 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)
 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT

K ( s  2) Ks (s  20)
(C) (D)
s( s  20) s2

AB [GATE-EC-2001-IITK]
(57) The open–loop DC gain of a unity negative
feedback system with closed–loop transfer
s4
function 2 is :
s  7 s  13

4 4
(A) (B)
13 9 1
(A)
( s  1)(s  20)
(C) 4 (D) 13
1
AC [GATE-EC-2004-IITD] (B)
(58) Consider the Bode magnitude plot shown in
s( s  1)( s  20)
figure. The transfer function H(s) is : 100
(C)
s( s  1)( s  20)
100
(D)
s ( s  1)(1  0.05s)

AD [ESE-EC-2007]
(61) An amplifier has a power gain of 200. What
is its gain in dB? (log102  0.30)
(A) 14 dB (B) 17 dB
(s  10) (C) 20 dB (D) 23 dB
(A)
( s  1)( s  100)
AD [GATE-EE-2001-IITK]
(62) The asymptotic approximation of the log–
10( s  1)
(B) magnitude versus frequency plot of a
( s  10)( s  100) minimum phase system with real poles and
one zero is shown in Fig. Its transfer
10 2 ( s  1) functions is
(C)
( s  10)( s  100)

103 ( s  100)
(D)
(s  1)(s  10)

AA [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(59) For the transfer function

5(s  4)
G ( s) 
s( s  0.25)(s 2  4s  25) 20(s  5)
(A)
s (s  2)(s  25)
The values of the constant gain term and the
highest corner frequency of the Bode plot 10(s  5)
(B)
respectively are (s  2)2 (s  25)
(A) 3.2, 5.0 (B) 16.0, 4.0 20( s  5)
(C) 2
s ( s  2)( s  25)
(C) 3.2, 4.0 (D) 16.0, 5.0
50( s  5)
AD [GATE-EC-2007-IITK] (D) 2
s ( s  2)( s  25)
(60) The asymptotic Bode plot of a transfer
function is as shown in the figure. The AC [ESE-EE-2011]
transfer function G(s) corresponding to this (63) The transfer function of a linear control
Bode plot is system is given by

www.targate.org Page 105

CONTROL SYSTEM

100( s  15) 320( s  2)

G (s )  G (s) 
s( s  4)( s  10) s ( s  1)( s 2  8 s  64)
In its Bode diagram, the value of gain for (A) 100 (B) 5
  0.1 rad/sec is (C) 16 (D) 10
(A) 20 db (B) 40 db
AA
(C) 51.4 db (D) 80 db (67) For the transfer function,
AD [GATE-EE-1999-IITB] K
G (s ) H (s )  . Asymptotic Bode
(64) The function corresponding to the Bode plot 1 
of Figure, is  s  1
b 
plot is shown below

(A) A = jf / f 1
The error in the diagram at   5b is
(B) A  1 / (1  jf 1 / f ) determined as
(A) 0.16 db (B) 0.52 db
(C) A  1 / (1  jf1 / f )
(C) 0.17 db (D) 0.2 db
(D) A  1  jf / f 1
AA
AB [GATE-EC-2019-IITM] (68) The transfer function is relation to Bode plot
(65) For an LTI system, the Bode plot for its gain given below
is as illustrated in the figure shown. The
number of system poles Np and the number
of system zeros N z in the frequency range
1Hz  f  107 Hz is

25(1  0.5s ) 5(1  0.5s )

(A) (B)
s 2 (1  0.1s ) s 2 (1  0.1s )
25(1  0.1s) 25(1  2 s )
(C) (D)
s (1  0.1s) s 2 (1  10 s )
AD [ESE-EE-2006]
(69) Consider the following statements:
The gain cross–over point is the point where
(A) Np  4, Nz  2 1. The magnitude | G ( j) | 1 in polar plot.
2. The magnitude curve of G( j) crosses
(B) Np  6, Nz  3
zero dB line in Bode plot
(C) Np  7, Nz  4 3. Magnitude vs phase plot touches the
zero dB loci in Nichol’s chart
(D) Np  5, Nz  2 Which of the statements given above are
correct?
AD (A) Only 1 and 2
(66) The gain for drawing the Bode plot for the
transfer function (B) Only 1 and 3

Page 106 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT
(C) Only 2 and 3
(D) 1, 2 and 3
AA [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
(70) The approximate Bode magnitude plot of a
minimum–phase system is shown in figure.
The transfer function of the system is

s  s 
80  1 20  1
2  2 
(A)  (B) 
 s   s 
s   1 s   1
 20   20 
( s  0.1)3
(A) 8 8(s  2) 8(s  2)
( s  10) 2 ( s  100) (C) (D)
s(s  20) s(s  20)
( s  0.1) 3
(B) 107 AA [GATE-EE-2006-IITKGP]
( s  10)( s  100)
(73) The Bode magnitude plot of H ( j) =
( s  0.1) 2 104 (1  j )
(C) 108 is :
( s  10) 2 ( s  100) (10  j )(100  j )2
( s  0.1)3
(D) 109
( s  10)( s  100)2

AB [GATE-EE-2009-IITR]
(71) The asymptotic approximation of the log –
magnitude vs frequency plot of a system
containing only real poles and zeros is shown. (A)
Its transfer function is

(B)
10( s  5)
(A)
s ( s  2)( s  25)
1000(s  5)
(B) 2
s ( s  2)(s  25)
100(s  5)
(C)
s (s  2)(s  25)
80(s  5)
(D) 2 (C)
s ( s  2)(s  25)

AB [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
(72) Fig. shows the Bode magnitude plot of a
system. The minimum phase transfer function
of the system is given by

www.targate.org Page 107

CONTROL SYSTEM

(D)

A8970[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
(74) Consider the Bode plot shown in figure.
Assume that all the poles and zeros are real
valued. 0
(A) 4.9 ,0.97dB
0
(B) 5.7 ,3dB
(C) 4.90 ,3dB (D) 5.70 ,0.97dB

AB [GATE-EE/EC/IN-2013]
(77) The Bode plot of a transfer function G(s) is
shown in the figure below.

The value of f H  f L (in Hz) is ______.

AB [GATE-EE-1991-IITM]
(75) The system having the Bode magnitude plot
shown in figure below has the transfer
function.

The gain (20log|G(s|) is 32 dB and –8 dB at 1

rad/s and 10 rad/s respectively. The phase is
negative for all  . Then G(s) is
39.8 39.8
(A) (B)
s s2
32 32
60( s  0.01)( s  0.1) (C) (D) 2
(A) s s
s 2 (s  0.05)2
AD [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]
10(1  10 s ) (78) The transfer function of a second order real
(B)
s (1  20 s ) system with a perfectly flat magnitude
response of unity has a pole at (2 – j3). List
3(s  0.05)
(C) all the poles and zeroes.
s(s  0.1)( s  1)
(A) Poles at (2  j3), no zeroes
5( s  0.1)
(D) (B) Poles at (  2 – j3), one zero at origin
s ( s  0.05)
(C) Poles at (2 –j3), (–2 + j3), zeroes at (–2–
AD [GATE-EE-2001-IITK] j3), (2 + j3)
(76) The asymptotic Bode plot of the transfer (D) Poles at (2  j3), zeroes at (–2  j3)
function K/[1+(s/a)] is given in figure. The
error in phase angle and dB gain at a AD [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]
(79) A Bode magnitude plot for the transfer
frequency of  0.5a are respectively
function G(s) of a plant is shown in the
figure. Which one of the following transfer
functions best describes the
plant ?

Page 108 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT
(C) 1 (D) 2

A0.5[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(83) The Bode asymptotic magnitude plot of a
minimum phase system is shown in the
figure.

1000(s  10) 10( s  10)

(A) (B)
s  1000 s( s  1000)

s  1000 s  1000
(C) (D)
10s (s  10) 10(s  10)
If the system is connected in a unity negative
AD [GATE-IN-2005-IITB] feedback configuration, the steady state error
(80) The asymptotic magnitude Bode plot of an of the closed loop system, to a unit ramp
open loop system G(s) with K > 0 and all input, is _______ .
poles and zeros on the left hand side of the s-
plane is shown in the figure. It is completely 10
symmetric about  c . The minimum absolute A [GATE-EC-1992-IITD]
(1  S )
phase angle contribution by G(s) is given by
(84) Bode plot of a stable system is shown in fig.
The transfer function of the system is

(A) 78.60 (B) 900

(C) 101.4 0 (D) 1800 KANODIA AD
(85) The transfer function of a system is given by
Common Data for Next Two Questions : K 1
G (s )  ;K 
The following figure represents a proportional s ( sT  1) T
control scheme of a first order system with
transportation lag. The Bode plot of this function is

(A)

AD [GATE-IN-2007-IITK]
(81) The angular frequency in radians/s at which
the loop phase lag becomes 1800 is
(A) 0.408 (B) 0.818
(C) 1.56 (D) 2.03 (B)
AB [GATE-IN-2007-IITK]
(82) The steady state error for a u nit step input
when the gain KC = 1 is
1 1
(A) (B)
4 2

www.targate.org Page 109

CONTROL SYSTEM
KANODIA AA
(88) Bode plot of a stable system is shown in the
figure below. The open-loop transfer function
of the ufb system
(C)

100 10
(D) (A) (B)
s  10 s  10
1
(C) (D) None
s  10
KANODIA AA
(86) The asymptotic approximation of the log- KANODIA AC
magnitude versus frequency plot of a certain (89) Consider the asymptotic Bode plot of a
system is shown below. Its transfer function minimum phase linear system in figure
is below. The transfer function is

8s (s  2)
(A)
(s  5)(s  10)
50(s  5)
(A) 2
s (s  2)(s  25) 4( s  5)
(B)
(s  2)(s  10)
20(s  5)
(B)
s 2 (s  2)(s  25) 100(s  2)
(C)
s( s  5)( s  10)
10 s 2 ( s  5)
(C)
( s  2)( s  25) 8s ( s  5)
(D)
( s  2)( s  10)
20( s  5)
(D) KANODIA AD
s( s  2)( s  25)
(90) The Bode plot shown below represents
KANODIA AA
(87) For the Bode plot shown below the transfer
function is

100 s 2 1000 s 2
(A) (B)
(1  0.1s )3 (1  0.1s )3
100 s 2 1000 s 2
100s 100( s  4) (C) (D)
(A) (B) (1  0.1s )5 (1  0.1s )5
( s  4)( s  10) 2 s( s  10) 2
KANODIA AB
100 100 (91) The magnitude-frequency response of a
(C) (D) 2
(s  4)( s  10) s (s  4)(s  10) control system is given below.

Page 110 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT
2. The open loop gain is K = 2
3. Position error coefficient = 0
The correct statement(s) is/are
(A) 1, 2, 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) only 2 (D) 1 and 3
A0.7 to 0.8 [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
The value of 1 and  2 are respectively
(95) The Bode magnitude plot of the transfer
(A) 100 and 400 (B) 20 and 400 k (1  0.5s)(1  as)
function G( s)  is
(C) 20 and 200 (D) 10 and 200  s  s 
s 1   (1  bs) 1  
KANODIA AB  8  36 
(92) The magnitude plot for a minimum phase shown below :
function is shown in figure below. The phase Note that ‒6 dB/octave = ‒20 dB/decade. The
plot for this function will be monotonically value of a is _________.
bK

(A) decreasing from 1800 to 00

(B) decreasing from 1800 to 90 0
(C) increasing from 00 to 1800 AC [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(96) The magnitude Bode plot of a network is
(D) increasing from 90 0 to 1800 shown in the figure
KANODIA AA
(93) For the Bode plot shown in figure, the
transfer function is

The maximum phase angle  m and the

corresponding gain Gm respectively, are

1 s 1 (A) − 300 and 1.73 dB

(A) (B)
1 s (1  s)2 (B) – 300 and 4.77 dB
1 1 (C) + 300 and 4.77 dB
(C) (D)
s2 s(s  1) (D) +300 and dB 1.73 dB
KANODIA AC AC [GATE-IN-2008-IISc]
(94) A low frequency, magnitude curve of the (97) The Bode asymptotic plot of a transfer
forward transfer function of ufb open-loop function is given below. In the frequency
system is given below. range shown, the transfer function has

Consider the following statement regarding

above curve.
1. This is type-0 system

www.targate.org Page 111

CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) 3 poles and 1 zero 40
(B)
(B) 1 pole and 2 zero s( s  250)
(C) 2 poles and 1 zero 100
(C)
(D) 2 poles and 2 zeros ( s  10)( s  250)
AC [GATE-EE-2008-IISc] 100 s
(D)
(98) The asymptotic Bode magnitude plot of a ( s  10)( s  250)
minimum phase transfer function is shown in
the figure : A0.95-1.05 [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
(101) The asymptotic Bode phase plot of
k
G (s)  , with k and p1
( s  0.1)( s  10)( s  p1 )
both positive, is shown below.

This transfer function has

(A) Three poles and one zero
(B) Two poles and one zero
(C) Two poles and two zeros
(D) One pole and two zeros
AB [GATE-IN-2010-IITG] The value of p1 is ________
(99) The asymptotic Bode magnitude plot of a lead
network with its pole and zero on the left half AA [GATE-EE-2016-IISc]
of the s – plane is shown in the adjoining (102) Consider the following asymptotic Bode
figure. The frequency at which the phase magnitude plot (  is in rad/s).
angle of the network is maximum (in rad/s) is

3 1
(A) (B)
10 20
Which one of the following transfer functions
1 1 is best represented by the above Bode
(C) (D)
20 30 magnitude plot?
AA [GATE-IN-2000-IITKGP] 2s
(A)
(100) The asymptotic Bode plot for the gain (1  0.5 s )(1  0.25 s ) 2
magnitude of a minimum phase system G(s)
is shown in Fig. The transfer function is G(s) 4(1  0.5 s )
(B)
= s (1  0.25 s )

2s
(C)
(1  2 s )(1  4 s )

4s
(D)
(1  2 s )(1  4 s ) 2

AB [GATE-IN-2016-IISc]
(103) The transfer function G(s) of a system which
100
(A) has the asymptotic Bode plot shown below is
(1  s / 10)(1  s / 250)

Page 112 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT
(C)

(D)

2
4  s  1
(A) 10
( s  100)2
2
4  s  1
(B) 10
( s  100)2

4  s  1
(C) 10
(s  100)2
AC[ESE-EE-2018]
2 (105) The open-loop transfer function G( s ) H ( s) of
4  s  1
(D) 10 a Bode’s plot for feedback system as shown
( s  100)2 in figure is
AA [GATE-IN-2018-IITG]
(104) The approximate phase response of
100 2 e 0.01s
is
s  0.2s  1002
2

(A)

K ( s  5) K ( s  5)
(A) (B)
s 2 ( s  10) s ( s  10)

K ( s  10) K ( s  10)
(C) (D)
s 2 ( s  5) s( s  5)

AC[ESE-EE-2017]
(106) The open-loop transfer function for the
(B) Bode’s magnitude plot is :

www.targate.org Page 113

CONTROL SYSTEM

K (A) 1.00 103 (B) 2.50  103

(A) G ( s) H ( s )  2
s (1  0.2 s)(1  0.02 s)
(C) 5.00  103 (D) 10.00  103
Ks
(B) G ( s) H ( s)  AC [GATE-IN-2007-IITK]
(1  0.2 s)(1  0.02 s) (109) Consider the circuit shown below:
Ks 2
(C) G ( s ) H ( s )  2
s ( s  5)( s  50)
K
(D) G ( s) H ( s) 
s 2 ( s  5)( s  50)

AC[ESE-EC-2017]
(107) The magnitude plot for the open-loop transfer
function of a control system is shown in the
figure given below:

The correct frequency response of the circuit

is :

(A)
Its open-loop transfer function, G ( s ) H ( s) , is
1
(A) 10( s  1) (B)
s 1
10
(C) (D) 20( s  1)
s 1
(B)
AA [GATE-IN-2019-IITM]
(108) The forward path transfer function L(s) of the
control system shown in Figure (a) has the
asymptotic Bode plot shown in Figure (b). If
the disturbance d(t) is given by
d (t )  0.1sin(t ) where   5rad/s , the
steady-state amplitude of the output y(t) is (C)

Figure (a)

(D)

AB [ESE-EC-2003]
(110) Consider the following statements regarding
the frequency response of a system as shown
below:
1. The type of the system is one
2.  3  Static error coefficient
(numerically)
1   3
3. 2 
2
Figure (b)

Page 114 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 8 - BODE PLOT

Select the correct answer using the codes

given below:
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
A0.1 [GATE-EC-2018-IITG]
(111) The figure below shows the Bode magnitude
and phase plots of a stable transfer function
n0
G (s )  3 2
s  d 2 s  d1 s  d 0

Consider the negative unity feedback

configuration with gain k in the feedforward
path. The closed loop is stable for k  k 0 . The
maximum value of k 0 is ______.

AB[ESE-EC-2016]
(112) Consider the transfer function (0.1 + 0.01s)
for a PD controller. What is the frequency at
which the magnitude is 20 dB (by using
asymptotic Bode’s plot)?
(A) 2000 r/s (B) 1000 r/s
(C) 200 r/s (D) 100 r/s
-----0000-----

www.targate.org Page 115

CONTROL SYSTEM

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
A D D B C A D C D A
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
A C A C B A C C A B
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
A B B B C D B C A B
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
C C A C D D C C C B
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
C D A * D A A B B B
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
B D C A C B B C A D
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
D D C D B D A A D A
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
B B A * B D B D D D
81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90.
D D 0.5 * D A A A C D
91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100.
B B A C * C C C B A
101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110.
* A B A C C C A C B
111. 112.
0.1 B

44. A-f,B-e,C-i,D-g
74. 8970
10
84.
(1  S )
95. 0.7 to 0.8
101. 0.95 to 1.05

Page 116 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 09
Nyquist/Polar Plot
BASIC LEVEL PROBLEMS (A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are
individually true and Statement (II) is
AA the correct expalanation of Statement (I).
(1) The origin for the investigation of closed–
(B) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are
loop stability in relation to Nyquist criterion individually true but Statement (II) is not
is the correct explanation of Statement (I).
(A) – 1 + j0 (B) +1 + j0
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is
(C) 0 + j1 (D) 0 – j1
false.
AA (D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II)
(2) At gain factor K = 0, the roots of the is true.
characteristic equation are placed at
(A) open–loop poles AA [GATE-IES – 2005]
(5) The open loop part of a unity feedback
(B) open–loop zeros control system G(s) is unstable and has two
poles on the right hand side of the s–plane.
(C) both (A) and (B)
However, the closed loop system is stable.
(D) None of these positions. The number of encirclements made by the
Nyquist plot of the (–1, 0) point in the G(s)
AD [GATE-EC-2018-IITG] plane is :
(3) The Nyquist stability criterion and the Routh
criterion both are powerful analysis tools for (A) 2 (B) 0
determining the stability of feedback
(C) – 3 (D) – 1
controllers. Identify which of the following
statements is FALSE: AB[ESE-EC-2018]
(A) Both the criteria provide information (6) The open-loop transfer function of a system
relative to the stable gain range of the has two poles on the imaginary axis, one in
system. the left-half and the other in the right-half,
together with a zero at the origin of
(B) The general shape of the Nyquist plot is coordinates and also two zeros in the left-half
readily obtained from the Bode of the s-plane. The closed-loop response for
magnitude plot for all minimum-phase unity feedback will be stable if the
systems. encirclement of the critical point (–1, j0) is

(C) The Routh criterion is not applicable in (A) –1 (B) +1

the condition of transport lag, which can (C) –2 (D) +2
be readily handled by the Nyquist
AA [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
criterion. (7) A closed-loop control system is stable if the
(D) The closed-loop frequency response for Nyquist plot of the corresponding open-loop
a unity feedback system cannot be transfer function
obtained from the Nyquist plot. (A) encircles the s-plane point (−1 + j0) in
the counterclockwise direction as many
AC[ESE-EE-2017] times as the number of right-half s-plane
(4) Statement (I) : Roots of closed-loop control poles.
systems can be obtained from the Bode plot. (B) encircles the s-plane point (0 − j1) in the
Statement (II) : Nyquist criterion does not clockwise direction as many times as the
give direct value of corner frequencies. number of right-half s-plane poles.

www.targate.org Page 117

CONTROL SYSTEM
(C) encircles the s-plane point (−1 + j0) in AA [ESE-EE-2013]
the counterclockwise direction as many (10) If the s-plane contour enclose 3-zeros and 2-
times as the number of left-half s-plane poles contour will encircle the origin of q(s)
poles. plane
(D) encircles the s-plane point (−1 + j0) in (A) Once in clockwise direction
the counterclockwise direction as many
(B) Once in counter clockwise direction
times as the number of right-half s-plane
zeros. (C) Thrice in clockwise direction
AC [ESE-EE-2004] (D) Twice in counter clockwise direction
(8) Consider the following statements for a AA [ESE-EE-2005]
counter–clockwise Nyquist path: (11) Encirclement of origin of 1 + G(s) plane
1. For a stable closed loop system, the corresponds to encirclement of a point in the
Nyquist plot of G(s) H(s) should encircle 1  G ( s ) plane, given by
(  1, j 0 ) point as many times as there are (A) 1  j0] (B) 0  j 0
poles of G(s) H(s) in the right half of the
s–plane, the encirclements, if there are (C) 2  j 0 (D) 1  j 0
any must be made in the counter– AC [ESE-EE-2008]
clockwise direction. (12) The Nyquist plot of a system passes through
2. If the loop gain function G(s)H(s) is a (–1, j0) point in the G ( j) H ( j) plane, the
stable function, the closed loop system is phase–margin of the system is
always stable. (A) Infinite
3. If the loop gain function G(s)H(s) is a (B) greater then but not infinite
stable function, for stable closed–loop (C) Zero
system, the Nyquist plot of G(s)H(s)
must not enclose the critical point (D) less than zero
(  1, j 0 ) . AB [ESE-EE-2008]
(13) Which one of the following is correct?
Which of the statements given above is/are
correct? If the open–loop transfer function has one
pole in the right half of s–plane, the closed
(A) Only 1 (B) 1 and 2 loop system will be stable if the Nyquist plot
of GH
(C) 1 and 3 (D) Only 3
(A) Does not encircle the ( 1  j 0) point
AD
(9) Match List I (Plot/Model) with List II (B) Encircles the (  1  j 0) point once in the
(Related parameter) and select the correct counter–clockwise direction
answer using the codes given below: (C) encircles the (  1  j 0) point once in the
List I clockwise direction
A. Root locus plot (D) encircles the origin once in the counter–
B. Bode plot clockwise direction
C. Nyquist plot
D. Signal flow chart AC [ESE-EE-2009]
(14) The open–loop transfer function of a system
List II has one pole in the right half of s–plane. If the
1. Corner frequency system is to be closed loop stable, then
2. Breakaway point (  1  j 0) point should have how much
3. Critical point encirclement in the GH–plane?
4. Transmittance (A) – 2 (B) – 1
Codes: (C) + 1 (D) + 2
A B C D AB
(A) 4 3 1 2 (15) The unit circle of the Nyquist plot transforms
(B) 4 1 3 2 into 0 db amplitude line of the Bode plot for
(C) 2 3 1 4 (A) Low frequencies
(D) 2 1 3 4 (B) All frequencies

Page 118 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 9 - NYQUIST / POLAR PLOT
(C) Specified bandwidth (A) n (B) 2n
(D) High freq. n
(C) (D)  n
AA 2
(16) The negative real axis of Nyquist plot Where n is the number of open loop poles at
transforms into the origin.
(A) 1800 Phase line of Bode plot for all AD
frequencies. (21) Nyquist criterion enables to determine:
(B) 0 db amplitude line of Bode plot (A) Absolute stability
(B) relative stability
(C) 0 db amplitude line of Bode plot at low
frequencies (C) Both
(D) either (A) or (B)
(D) 0 db amplitude line of Bode plot at high
frequencies AA [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
(22) Figure shows the Nyquist plot of the open–
AB [ESE-EE-2014] loop transfer function G(s) H(s) of a system.
(17) By adding a pole at the origin of s-plane, the If G(s)H(s) has one right–hand pole, the
Nyquist plot of a system will rotate by closed–loop system is
(A) 900 in anti-clockwise direction
(B) 900 in clockwise direction
(C) 1800 in anti-clockwise direction
(D) 1800 in clockwise direction
AA [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(18) A single-input single-output feedback system
has forward transfer function G ( s ) and
feedback transfer function H (s ) . It is given (A) Always stable
that | G( s) H ( s) |  1 . Which of the following is (B) Unstable with one closed–loop right
true about the stability of the system? hand pole
(A) The system is always stable (C) Unstable with two closed–loop right
(B) The system is stable if all zeros of hand poles
G ( s ) H ( s) are in left half of the s-plane (D) Unstable with three closed–loop right
hand poles
(C) The system is stable if all poles of
G ( s ) H ( s) are in left half of the s-plane
********
(D) It is not possible to say whether or not
the system is stable from the information
given STANDARD LEVEL PROBLEMS
AB [GATE-EC-2000-IITKGP] AC[ESE-EC-2016]
(19) An amplifier with resistive negative feedback 1
has two left half plane poles in its open – loop (23) The transfer function will have
2s  1
transfer function. The amplifier
(A) dc gain 1 and high frequency gain 1
(A) Will always be unstable at high
frequency (B) dc gain 0 and high frequency gain 
(B) Will be stable for all frequency (C) dc gain 1 and high frequency gain 0
(C) May be unstable, depending on the (D) dc gain 0 and high frequency gain 1
feedback factor AB[ESE-EE-2001]
(D) Will oscillate at low frequency (24) The phase angle of the system
s5
AD G(s )  2 , varies between
(20) In G ( s) H ( s ) –plane the Nyquist plot from s  4s  9
  0 to   0 is closed through an (A) 0 0 and 900
angle (B) 0 0 and 900

www.targate.org Page 119

CONTROL SYSTEM

(C) 0 0 and 1800 AA [GATE-EC –2011]

(28) For the transfer function G ( j  )  5  j  , the
(D) 900 and 180 0 corresponding Nyquist plot for positive
AA[GATE-EC-2015-IITK] frequencies has the form
(25) The polar plot of the transfer function
10(s  1)
G( s )  for     will be in the
s  10 (A)
(A) first quadrant
(B) second quadrant
(C) third quadrant
(D) fourth quadrant (B)
AC [GATE-EC-1987-IITB]
10
(26) The polar plot of G(s) = intercepts
s ( s  1) 2
real axis at    0 Then, the real part and 0
(C)
are respectively given by:
(A) 2.5,1 (B) 5,0.5
(C) 5,1 (D) 5, 2

AD [GATE-EC-2005-IITB]
(27) Which one of the following polar diagrams (D)
corresponds to a lag network?

AB [GATE-EE-1991-IITM]
(29) Which of the following is the transfer
(A) function of a system having the Nyquist plot
shown in Fig. below?

(B)

K
(A)
s ( s  2) 2 ( s  5)
K
(B)
s 2 ( s  2)( s  5)
(C)
K ( s  1)
(C) 2
s ( s  2)( s  5)
K ( s  1)( s  3)
(D)
s 2 ( s  2)( s  5)

AA [GATE-EE-1992-IITD]
(30) A unity feedback system has the open loop
(D) transfer function
1
G(s) 
( s  1)( s  2)( s  3)
The Nyquist plot of G encircle the origin

Page 120 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 9 - NYQUIST / POLAR PLOT
(A) Never (B) Once AB [GATE-EE-2007-IITK]
(C) Twice (D) Thrice (34) If x = ReG( j), and y = Im G( j ) then for
    , the Nyquist plot for
AD [GATE-EE-2001-IITK]
(31) The polar plot of a type–1, 3–pole, and open– G(s) = 1/[s(s + 1)(s + 2)]
loop system is shown in Fig. below. The (A) x = 0 (B) x = – 3/4
closed–loop system is : (C) x = y – 1/6 (D) x = y/ 3
A90 to 90 or –270 to –270 [GATE-IN-2018-IITG]
(35) A n input p (t )  sin(t ) is applied to the
s 1
system G ( s )  .The corresponding
s 1
steady state output is y (t )  sin(t  ) , where
the phase  (in degrees), when restricted to
00    3600 , is _____ .
(A) Always stable
(B) Marginally stable AB[ESE-EC-2001]
(36) Nyquist plot shown in the given figure is for a
(C) Unstable with one pole on the right half
type
s–plane
(D) Unstable with two poles on the right half
s–plane
AD [GATE-EE-2009-IITR]
(32) The polar plot of an open loop stable system
is shown below. The closed loop systems is

(A) zero system (B) one system

(C) two system (D) three system
AC [GATE-EE-2019-IITM]
(A) Always stable (37) The open loop transfer function of a unity
(B) Marginally stable e 0.25s
feedback system is given by G( s)  .
(C) Unstable with one pole on the RH s– s
plane In G(s) plane, the Nyquist plot of G(s) passes
(D) Unstable with two poles on the RH s– through the negative real axis at the point
plane (A) (−1.25, j0) (B) (−0.75, j0)
AA [ESE-EC-2002] (C) (−0.5, j0) (D) (−1.5, j0)
(33) The Nyquist plot of
AA [GATE-EC-2001-IITK]
10 (38) The Nyquist plot for the open – loop transfer
G ( s ).H ( s )  2
s (1  0.5 s ).(1  s ) function G(s) of a unity negative feedback
system is shown in figure. If G(s) has no pole
Will start (    ) in the in the right–half of s–plane, the number of
roots of the system characteristics equation in
(A) first quadrant and will terminate the right–half of s–plane is
(   0 ) in the second quadrant
(B) fourth quadrant and will terminate
(   0 ) in the second quadrant
(C) Second quadrant and will terminate
(   0 ) in the third quadrant
(D) first quadrant and will terminate
(   0 ) in the fourth quadrant

www.targate.org Page 121

CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
AB [GATE-EE-2005-IITB]
(A)
(39) In the GH(s) plane, the Nyquist plot of the
πe 0.25s
loop transfer function G(s)H(s) =
s
passes through the negative real axis at the
point
(A) (  0.25, j 0) (B) ( 0.5, j 0)

(C) (  1, j 0) (D) (  2, j 0 )
(B)
AA [GATE-EE-2006-IITKGP]
(40) Consider the following Nyquist plots of loop
transfer functions over   0 to    .
Which of these plots represents a stable
closed loop system?

(C)
(1)

(2)
(D)

AB [GATE-IN-2003-IITM]
(42) The loop transfer function of a system is
(3)
10e Ls
given by G(s) H(s) = .
s
The phase cross–over frequency is 5 rad/s.
The value of the dead time L is
(A) π / 20 (B) π /10
(4) (C) -π / 20 (D) zero
AA [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
(43) Fig. shows the polar plot of a system. The
(A) (1) only transfer function of the system is
(B) all, except (1)
(C) All, except (3)
(D) (1) and (2) only
AA [GATE-EE-2010-IITG]
(41) The frequency response of G(s) =
1 / [ s ( s  1)( s  2)] plotted in the complex
G ( j ) plane (for 0     ) is : (A) 5(1  0.1s ) (B) (1  0.5 s )
(C) 5(1  10 s ) (D) 5(1  s )

Page 122 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 9 - NYQUIST / POLAR PLOT
AC [GATE-IN-2004-IITD] AB [ESE-EE-2003]
(44) The loop transfer function of a system is (47)
e0.1s
given by G(s) = . the phase crossover
s
frequency is given by
π π
(A) (B)
2 10
π π
(C) (D)
0.2 4
AC [ESE-EE-2002]
(45) Consider the Nyquist diagram for given
KG(s) H(s). The transfer function KG(s) H(s)
has no poles and zeros in the right half of s–
plane. If the (–1, j0) point is located first in
region I and then in region II, the change in
stability of the system will be from The pole–zero map and the Nyquist plot of
the loop transfer function GH(s) of a
feedback system are shown above. For this
(A) Both open loop and closed loop systems
are stable
(B) Open loop system is stable but closed
loop system is unstable
(C) Open loop system is unstable but closed
loop system is stable
(D) Both open loop and closed loop system
(A) Unstable to stable are unstable

(B) Stable to stable AC

(48) Consider the following Nyquist plot of a
(C) Unstable to unstable feedback system having open loop transfer
(D) Stable to unstable function GH ( s)  ( s  1) / [ s 2 ( s  2)] as shown
in the diagram given below :
AD [ESE-EE-2003]
(46)

What is the number of closed loop poles in

the right half of the s–plane?
The Nyquist plot of a unity feedback system
having open loop transfer function (A) 0 (B) 1
(C) 2 (D) 3
K ( s  3)( s  5)
G (s)  AA
( s  2)( s  4)
(49) The Nyquist plot for a system is having the
For K = 1 is as shown above. For the system number of open–loop positive poles as 1 is
to be stable, the range of values of K is shown below :
(A) 0 < K < 1.33
(B) 0 < K < 1/1.33
(C) k > 1.33
(D) K > 1/1.33

www.targate.org Page 123

CONTROL SYSTEM
For closed–loop stability the critical point
should be located
(A) between p and q (B)
(B) between q and r
(C) between r and s
(D) beyond s
AA
(50) The number of open–loop poles having
positive real part is 1 and the Nyquist plot is
drawn below
(C)

The value of K for the closed loop system to (D)

be stable is
(A) K > 2 (B) K< 1
(C) K < 0.5 (D) K = 0.5
AD [ESE-EE-2011]
AC [ESE-EE-2007] (53) Match List I with List II and select the correct
(51) The polar plot of frequency response of a answer using the code given below lists :
linear under damped second order system is
shown in the figure given. What is the List – I
transfer function of this system?
1  sT
A. G( s) 
1  2sT

1
B. G ( s) 
(1  sT1 )(1  sT2 )(1  sT3 )

1  sT1
C. G (s) 
8 s (1  sT2 )(1  sT3 )
(A)
s 2  10 s  1
2n
8 D. G (s) 
(B) 2
s  8.48 s  10 
s s 2  2n s  n2 
100
(C) 2
s  8.48s  100 List – II
100
(D) 2
s  10 s  8.48
AC[ESE-EC-2002]
(52) Which of the following is the Nyquist
diagram for the open loop transfer function? 1.

5
G ( s ).H ( s )  ?
s (1  0.1s )(1  0.01s )

(A)
2.

Page 124 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 9 - NYQUIST / POLAR PLOT

3.

4.

Codes:
A B C D Nyquist plot of the product of G1(s) and G2(s)
(A) 3 2 1 4 is :
(B) 4 2 1 3
(C) 3 1 2 4
(D) 4 1 2 3
(A)
AC [ESE-EC-2007]
(54) Which one of the following polar plots
corresponds to
1
G ( j )  ?
( j ) 2 (1  j T )

(B)
(A)

(C)
(B)

(C)

(D)

(D)
AD [GATE-IN-2015-IITK]
(56) A transfer function G(s) with the degree of its
numerator polynomial zero and the degree of
AB [GATE-EE-2015-IITK] its denominator polynomial two has a
(55) Nyquist plots of two functions G1(s) and Nyquist plot shown in the figure. The transfer
G2(s) are shown in figure. function

www.targate.org Page 125

CONTROL SYSTEM

(B)

(C)
(A) a stable, type-0 system
(B) a stable, type-1 system
(C) an unstable, type-0 system
(D) an unstable, type-1 system

AB[GATE-EC-2005-IITB] (D)
(57) The polar diagram of a conditionally stable
system for open loop gain K = 1 is shown in
the figure. The open loop transfer function of
the system is known to be stable. The closed
loop system is stable for KANODIA AB
(59) The open loop transfer function of a system is

K (1  s )2
G( s ) H ( s ) 
s3
The Nyquist plot for this system is

(A)
1 1
(A) K  5 and K 
2 8
1 1
(B) K  and  K  5
8 2
1
(C) K  and 5  K
8 (B)
1
(D) K  and K  5
8

KANODIA AC
(58) Consider a ufb system whose open-loop
transfer function is :
(C)
K
G(s ) 
s (s 2  2s  2)
The Nyquist plot for this system is

(A) (D)

Page 126 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 9 - NYQUIST / POLAR PLOT
KANODIA AA
(60) For the certain unity feedback system
K
G (s ) 
s (s  1)(2s  1)(3s  1) (C)
The Nyquist plot is

(A)

(D)

(B)

KANODIA AC
(62) Consider the following statements :
1. Open-loop system is stable.
2. Closed-loop system is unstable
3. One closed-loop pole lies on the RHP.
(C)
The correct statements are
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 1 and 3
(C) only 2 (D) All
KANODIA AB
(63) Consider the Nyquist plot shown below.

(D)

Common Data For Next two questions :

The open-loop transfer function of a feedback
control system is This system is
(A) type –0 system
1
G(s)H (s)  (B) type 1 system
2 s (1  20 s )
(C) type –2 system
KANODIA AB (D) type –3 system
(61) The Nyquist plot for this system is :
Common Data for Next Two Questions:
The open-loop transfer function of a feedback
system is
(A) K (1  s)
G ( s) H ( s) 
(1  s)

KANODIA AD
(64) The Nyquist plot of this system is

(B) (A)

www.targate.org Page 127

CONTROL SYSTEM
KANODIA AC
(B) (67) The phase crossover and gain crossover
frequencies are
(A) 1.414 rad/sec, 0.57 rad/sec
(B) 1.414 rad/sec, 1.38 rad/sec
(C) 0.707 rad/sec, 0.57 rad/sec
(C) (D) 0.707 rad/sec, 1.38 rad/sec
KANODIA AD
(68) The gain margin and phase margin are
(A) – 3.52 dB, 168.50

(D) (B) – 3.52 dB, 11.60

(C) 3.52 dB, 168.50
(D) 3.52 dB, 11.60
AD [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
KANODIA AA (69) Consider the feedback system shown in the
(65) The system is stable for figure the nyquist plot of G (S) is also shown
(A) K > 1 (B) K > 1 which one of the following conclusions is
correct?
(C) any value of K (D) unstable
Common Data for Next Three Questions :
A unity feedback system has open-loop transfer
function,
1
G(s) 
s(2s  1)(s  1)

KANODIA AC
(66) The polar plot for the system is

(A) (A) G (s) is an all pass filter

(B) G (s) is a strictly proper transfer function
(C) G (s) is a stable and minimum phase
transfer function
(D) The closed loop system is unstable for
(B) sufficiently large and positive k
AA [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
(70) The number and direction of encirclements
around the point −1 + 0 in the complex plane
1 s
by the Nyquist plot of G (s )  is :
4  2s
(C)
(A) zero.
(B) one, anti-clockwise.
(C) one, clockwise.
(D) two, clockwise.

(D) A1 [GATE-IN-2016-IISc]
(71) The number of times the Nyquist plot of
s 1
G ( s)  will encircle the origin
s 1
clockwise is ________ .

Page 128 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 9 - NYQUIST / POLAR PLOT
AA [GATE-EE-2016-IISc] ANSWER : (C) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(72) Loop transfer function of a feedback system (76) A unity feedback control system is
s3 characterized by the open-loop transfer
is G ( s ) H ( s )  . Take the Nyquist
2
s ( s  3) function
contour in the clockwise direction. Then, the 10K (s  2)
Nyquist plot of G ( s) H ( s) encircles –1+j0 G ( s) 
s 3  3s 2  10
(A) once in clockwise direction The Nyquist path and the corresponding
(B) twice in clockwise direction Nyquist plot of G(s) are shown in the figures
(C) once in anticlockwise direction below.
(D) twice in anticlockwise direction
ANSWER : (D) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(73) The transfer function of a system is given by,
V0  s  1  s
 . Let the output of the system be
Vi  s  1  s
v0  t   vm sin  t   for the input,
vi  t   Vm sin  t  . Then the minimum and
maximum values of  (in radians) are
respectively
  
(A) and (B) and 0
2 2 2

(C) 0 and (D)  and 0
2

ANSWER : (B) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]

(74) The Nyquist plot of the transfer function

K
G s 
 s  2s  2  s  2
2

does not encircle the point (-1 + j0) for K =

10 but does encircle the point (-1 + j0) for K
= 100. Then the closed loop system (having If 0 < K < 1, then the number of poles of the
closed-loop transfer function that lie in the
unity gain feedback) is
right-half of the s-plane is :
(A) stable for K = 10 and stable for K = 100
(A) 0 (B) 1
(B) stable for K = 10 and unstable for K =
100 (C) 2 (D) 3
(C) unstable for K = 10 and stable for K = AB[ESE-EE-2001]
100 (77) The Nyquist plot of a servo system is shown
(D) unstable for K = 10 and unstable for K = in the figure, The root loci for the system
100 would be

A0 [GATE-IN-2018-IITG]
(75) Consider the standard negative feedback
s 2  0.2s  100
configuration with G ( s )  2
s  0.2 s  100
1
and H ( s )  . The number of clockwise
2
encirclements of (1,0) in the Nyquist plot of
the Loop transfer-function G ( s ) H ( s ) is
_____.

www.targate.org Page 129

CONTROL SYSTEM

K ( s  10)( s  20)
G (s) 
s 3 ( s  100)( s  200)

The polar plot of the system will be

(A)

(A)
(B)

(B)
(C)
(D) None of the drawn plot of (A), (B), (C)
of the question.
AB[ESE-EE-2001]
(78) The transfer function of a certain system is
s
given by G ( s )  . The Nyquist plot of (C)
(1  s)
the system is

(A) (D)

-----000----

(B)

(C)

(D)
AA[ESE-EC-1999]
(79) The open-loop transfer function of a unity
negative feedback system is

Page 130 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 9 - NYQUIST / POLAR PLOT

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
A A D C A B A C D A
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
A C B C B A B A B D
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
D A C B A C D A B A
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
D D A B * B C A B A
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
A B A C C D B C A A
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
C C D C B D B C B A
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
B C B D A C D D D A
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79.
1 A D B 0 C B B A

35. 90 to 90 or –270 to –270

www.targate.org Page 131

 10
Phase & Gain Margin
BASIC REFRESHER List – I
1. Breakaway point
AB [ESE-EC-2005]
2. Phase margin
(1) For a stable closed loop system, the gain at
3. Gain margin
phase cross–over frequency should always
4. Second order system
be :
List – II
(A) < 20 dB (B) > 6 dB
A. Stable
(C) < 6 dB (D) < 0 dB B. Phase cross–over frequency
C. Gain cross–over frequency
AC[ESE-EE-2016]
D. Root locus
(2) Gain margin is the factor by which the system
gain can be increased to drive it to Codes:
A B C D
(A) stability
(A) 4 3 2 1
(B) oscillation
(C) the verge of instability (B) 4 3 1 2

(D) critically damped state (C) 3 4 2 1

AD[ESE-EC-2016] (D) 3 4 1 2
(3) Consider the following statements :
The Gain margin and Phase margin of an AD [GATE-EC –2006]
(6) The Nyquist plot of G ( j ) H ( j ) for a
unstable system may respectively be
closed loop control system, passes through
1. Positive, negative (  1, j 0) point in the GH plane. The gain
2. Negative, positive margin of the system in dB is equal to
3. Negative, negative (A) Infinite
Which of the above statements is/are correct? (B) Greater than zero
(C) less than zero
(A) 3 only
(D) Zero
(B) 1 and 2 only
AA[ESE-EC-1999]
(C) 2 and 3 only
(7) The polar plot of a transfer function passes
(D) 1, 2 and 3 through the critical point (–1, 0). The gain
margin is
AD [ESE-EE-2001]
(4) If the Nyquist plot cuts the negative real axis (A) 0 dB (B) –1 dB
at a distance of 0.4, then the gain margin of
the system is : (C) 1 dB (D) infinity

(A) 0.4 (B) – 0.4 AC [ESE-EE-2005]

(8) Match List I with List II and select the correct
(C) 4 (D) 2.5 answer using the codes given below the Lists:
AA [ESE-EE-2005] List – I
(5) Match List I with List II and select the correct (Nyquist Plot of Loop Transfer Function of a
answer using the codes given below the Control System)
Lists :

Page 132 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 10 - PHASE & GAIN MARGIN
1. Does not intersect the negative real axis AA
2. Intersects the negative real axis between (12) For a stable system
0 and (  1, j 0)
(A) G.M. and P.M. both are positive
3. Passes through (  1, j 0)
(B) G.M. and P.M. both are negative
4. Encloses (  1, j 0)
(C) G.M. is positive and P.M. is negative
List – II
(Gain Margin in dB) (D) G.M. is negative and P.M. is positive
A. >0 AC [ESE-EC-2005]
B.  (13) If gain of the loop system is doubled, the gain
C. <0 margin of the system is
D. 0
(A) Not affected
Codes:
(B) Doubled
A B C D
(A) 2 4 1 3 (C) Halved
(B) 3 1 4 2 (D) One fourth of original value
(C) 2 1 4 3
(D) 3 4 1 2 AA[ESE-EC-2014]
(14) Which one of the following statements is
AA [GATE-EC-1998-IITD] correct ?
(9) The Nyquist plot of a loop transfer function
(A) Phase margin is always positive for
G ( j  ) H ( j  ) of system encloses the
stable feedback system.
(  1, j 0) point. The gain margin (in dB) of
the system is (B) Phase margin is always negative for
stable feedback system.
(A) Less than zero
(C) Phase margin can be negative or
(B) Zero
positive for stable feedback system.
(C) Greater than zero
(D) None of the above
(D) Infinity
AB [ESE-EC-2002]
AC [ESE-EC-2011] (15) Consider the following statements associated
(10) If the gain margin of a system in decibels is with phase and gain margins:
negative, the system is 1. They are a measure of closeness of the
(A) Stable polar plot to the  1  j 0 point.
(B) Marginally stable 2. For a non–minimum phase to be stable it
must have positive phase and gain
(C) Unstable
margins.
(D) Could be stable or unstable or 3. For a minimum phase system to be
marginally stable stable, both the margins must be
AC[ESE-EC-2015] positive.
(11) Which of the following statements are correct Which of the above statements is/are correct ?
for Bode plots?
(A) 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 3
1. Gain margin and phase margin can be
(C) 1 and 2 (D) 1 alone
easiliy determined.
AC [ESE-EC-2005]
2. Absolute and relative stability of only
(16) For the minimum phase system to be stable
minimum-phase systems can be
(A) Phase margin should be negative and
determined.
gain margin should be positive
3. Gain margin is positive and system is (B) Phase margin should be positive and
stable, if magnitude of L( j) at phase gain margin should be negative
crossover is positive. (C) Both phase margin and gain margin
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 3 only should be positive
(C) 1 and 2 only (D) 2 and 3 only (D) Both phase margin and gain margin
should be negative

www.targate.org Page 133

CONTROL SYSTEM
AC [ESE-EC-2004] gain function is less than its phase cross-over
(17) A plant is controlled by a proportional frequency, the closed-loop system is
controller. If a time delay element is (A) unstable
introduced in the loop, is : (B) marginally stable
(A) Phase margin remains the same (C) conditionally stable
(D) stable
(B) Phase margin increases
AD [ESE-EC-2008]
(C) Phase margin decreases (24) The gain–phase plot of a linear control
(D) Gain margin increases system is shown in the figure below:

AA [ESE-EE-2007]
(18) What is the effect of providing distance
velocity lag/transportation lag?
(A) To increase the phase margin
(B) To reduce the phase margin
(C) To alter the gain at a given 
(D) To improve the transient response of the
system What are the gain–margin (GM) and the
AD[GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP] phase–margin (PM) of the system?
(19) The Nyquist plot of G ( j) H ( j) for a (A) GM > 0 dB and PM > 0 degree
closed loop control system, passed through (– (B) GM > 0 dB and PM < 0 degree
1, j0) point in the GH plane. The gain margin (C) GM < 0 dB and PM > 0 degree
of the system in dB is equal to (D) GM < 0 dB and PM < 0 degree
(A) infinite
(B) greater than zero AB [ESE-EC-2010]
(C) less than zero (25) For the Nichols plot shown, the system is
(D) zero

AC [ESE-EC-2013]
(20) The critical value of gain for a system is 40.
The system is operating at a gain of 20. The
gain margin of system is :
(A) 2 dB (B) 3 dB
(C) 6 dB (D) 4 dB
AD
(21) At gain crossover frequency 1  150 (A) Unstable
0
rad./sec. G ( j ) H ( j )  200 , the (B) stable
phase margin is (C) Over damped
(A) 30 0 (B) 40 0 (D) critically stable

(C) 20 0 (D)  2 0 0 AD [ESE-EC-2013]

(26) In a feedback control system, phase margin
AB (PM) is :
(22) | G ( j 2 ) H ( j 2 ) | 0.125 Where 2 is 1. Directly proportional to ξ
phase crossover frequency the gain margin is 2. Inversely proportional to ξ
(A) 12.04 dB (B) 18.06 dB 3. Independent of ξ
(C) 6.02 dB (D) 9.03 Db 4. Zero when ξ = 0
AD [GATE-IN-2019-IITM] Which of the above statements are correct ?
(23) The loop-gain function L(s) of a control (A) 1and 2 (B) 2 and 3
system with unity feedback is given to be (C) 3 and 4 (D) 1 and 4
k
L( s )  , where k  0 . If AB [ESE-EC-2003]
(s  1)(s  2)(s  3)
(27) The phase margin (PM) and the damping
the gain cross-over frequency of the loop- ratio ( ) are related by

Page 134 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 10 - PHASE & GAIN MARGIN

 2 4  (1  s )
 2  1  4  G(s) H(s) =
(A) PM = 900  tan 1   (1  s )(2  s )
 2 
  (A) 0
0
(B) 63.4
0

  0
 2  (C) 90 (D) 
(B) PM = tan 1  
 2 2  1  4 4  AD [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
(33) The gain margin for the system with open–
 2 2  loop transfer function
 2  1  4 
(C) PM = 900  tan 1  
2 2(1  s )
  G(s) H(s) = is (GM in dB)
s2
 2 2  (A)  (B) 
 2  1  4 
(D) PM = 1800  tan 1   (C)  (D) 
 2 
AA [GATE-EE-2005-IITB]
(34) The gain margin of a unity feedback control
******** system with the open loop transfer function
( s  1)
G(s) = is
STANDARD NUMERICAL PROB. s2
1
A84.3460[GATE-EC-2015-IITK] (A) 0 (B)
(28) The phase margin (in degrees) of the system 2
10 (C) 2 (D) 
G (s )  is ______.
s (s  10) AD [ESE-EC-2004]
(35) The forward path transfer function of a unity
AC [GATE-EE-2005-IITB] feedback system is given by
(29) A system with zero initial conditions has the
closed loop transfer function 1
G( s ) 
( s  1)2
s2  4
T (s )  What is the phase margin for this system?
( s  1)( s  4)
(A) π rad (B) 0 rad
The system output is zero at the frequency (C) π / 2 rad (D) π rad

(A) 0.5 rad/sec (B) 1 rad/sec AC [GATE-EE-2005-IITB]

(36) If the compensated system shown in the
(C) 2 rad/sec (D) 4 rad/sec figure has a phase margin of 6 0 0 at the
crossover frequency of 1 rad/sec, then value
AD [GATE-EC-1999-IITB] of the gain K is
(30) The gain margin of a system having the loop
transfer function
2
G (s)H (s)  is :
s ( s  1)
(A) 0 (B) 3 (A) 0.366 (B) 0.732
(C) 6 (D)  (C) 1.366 (D) 2.738

AD [GATE-EC-1999-IITB] A180 to 180 (or)–180 to –180 [GATE-IN-2018-

(31) The phase margin (in degrees) of a system IITG]
having the loop transfer function is G(s)H(s) (37) Consider the transfer function
2
2 3 G (s)  . The phase margin of
= ( s  1)( s  2)
s ( s  1)
G(s) in degrees is ____.
(A) 45 0 (B)  3 0 0
(C) 6 0 0 (D) 30 0 AA[ESE-EC-2016]
(38) The open-loop transfer function of a unity
AD [GATE-EC-2002-IISc] K
(32) The phase margin of a system with the open– feedback system is G ( s)  . The gain
s ( s  5)
loop transfer function
K that results in a phase margin of 450 is :
www.targate.org Page 135
CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) 35 (B) 30 AB[GATE-EC-2009-IITR]
(42) Which of the following statement is
(C) 25 (D) 20 true ?
AD [GATE-EC –2006] (A) G(s) is an all-pass filter
(39) The open–loop transfer function of a unity (B) G(s) has a zero in the right-half plane
gain feedback control system is given by G(s) (C) G(s) is the impedance of a passive
K network
= the gain margin of the
( s  1)( s  2) (D) G(s) is marginally stable
system in dB is given by
AC[GATE-EC-2009-IITR]
(A) 0 (B) 1 (43) The gain and phase margins of G(s) for
(C) 20 (D)  closed loop stability are
(A) 6 dB and 1800
AC[GATE-EC-2011-IITM]
(40) he gain margin of the system under closed (B) 3 dB and 1800
loop unity negative feedback is (C) 6 dB and 900
100 (D) 3 dB and 900
G ( s) H ( s) 
s( s  10) 2
AC [GATE-EE-2004-IITD]
(A) 0 dB (B) 20 dB (44) The open loop transfer function of a unit
feedback control system is given as G(s) =
(C) 26 dB (D) 46 Db
as  1
the value of ‘a’ to give a phase margin
AA [GATE-EE-2004-IITD] s2
(41) The Nyquist plot of loop transfer function 0
of 45 is equal to
G(s)H(s) of a closed loop control system
(A) 0.141 (B) 0.441
passes through the point (  1, j 0) in the G(s)
H(s) plane. The phase margin of the system (C) 0.841 (D) 1.141
is : Common Data for Next Two Questions :
0 0 Consider a unity-gain feedback control system
(A) 0 (B) 45
as  1
0 0
whose open-loop transfer function is G(s)  2
(C) 90 (D) 180 s
Common Data for Next Two Questions : AC[GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP]
The Nyquist plot of a stable transfer function G(s) is (45) The value of "a" so that the system has a
shown in the figure. We are interested in the phase-margin equal to  / 4 is approximately
equal to
stability of the closed loop system in the feedback
(A) 2.40 (B) 1.40
configuration shown
(C) 0.84 (D) 0.74

AC[GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP]
(46) With the value of "a" set for phase-margin
of π / 4 , the value of unit-impulse response of
the open-loop system at t = 1 second is equal
to
(A) 3.40 (B) 2.40
(C) 1.84 (D) 1.74

AA[ESE-EC-2001]
(47) The open-loop transfer function of a unity
feedback control system is given as
1
G ( s) 
s (1  sT1 )(1  sT2 )
The phase crossover frequency and the gain
margin are, respectively

Page 136 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 10 - PHASE & GAIN MARGIN

1 T1  T2 AA [GATE-IN-2008-IISc]
(A) and (53) The gain margin of the system is
T1T2 T1T2
(A) 0.125 (B) 0.25
T T
(B) T1T2 and 1 2
T1T2 (C) 0.5 (D) 1
1 TT
(C) and 1 2 Common Data for Next Two Questions :
T1T2 T1  T2
The open-loop transfer function of a unity negative
T1T2
(D) T1T2 and K
T1  T2 feedback control system is given by G(s) 
(s  5)3
AC[GATE-EC-1991-IITM]
AB [GATE-IN-2011-IITM]
(48) The open-loop transfer function of a feedback
(54) The value of K for the phase margin of the
1
control system is G(s)  H (s)  . The system to be 450 is
(s  1)3
gain margin of the system is (A) 250 5 (B) 250 2
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 125 5 (D) 125 2
(C) 8 (D) 16
AB [GATE-IN-2011-IITM]
A5 [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP] (55) The value of K for the damping ratio  to be
(49) A system with the open loop transfer function 0.5, corresponding to the dominant closed-
K loop complex conjugate pole pair is
G( s )  is connected in a
s(s  2)(s 2  2s  2) (A) 250 (B) 125
negative feedback configuration with a (C) 75 (D) 50
feedback gain of unity. For a the closed-loop
system to be marginally stable, the value of K A0.12[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
is ____. (56) The transfer function of a mass-spring-
damper system is given by
AB [GATE-IN-1997-IITM]
1
(50) The open-loop transfer function of a feedback G ( s)  2
. The frequency
1 Ms  Bs  K
control system is . response data for the system are given in the
( s  1)3 following table.
The gain margin of the system is
 in | G ( j) | in arg (G ( j) in
(A) 16 (B) 8
(C) 4 (D) 2 rad/s Db deg
0.01 –18.5 –0.2
AB [GATE-IN-1998-IITD] 0.1 –18.5 –1.3
(51) The phase margin of the system for which 0.2 –18.4 –2.6
1 1 –16 –16.9
loop gain GH ( j)  is 2 –11.4 –89.4
( j  1)3
3 –21.5 –151
(A)  (B)  5 –32.8 –167
(C) 0 (D)  / 2 10 –45.3 –174.5
The unit step response of the system
Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next approaches a steady state value of ________.
two Questions :
AA [GATE-EE-2011-IITM]
Consider a unity feedback system with open loop
(57) The frequency response of a linear system
1  6s G ( j) is provided in the tabular form below.
transfer function G(s)  2 .
s (1  s)(1  2s )
| G ( j) | G( j)
AC [GATE-IN-2008-IISc]
(52) The phase cross-over frequency of the system
in radians per second is 1.3 1300
(A) 0.125 (B) 0.25
1.2 1400
(C) 0.5 (D) 1

www.targate.org Page 137

CONTROL SYSTEM
1.0 1500 AB [GATE-EC-2002-IISc]
(61) The system with the open loop transfer
0.8 1
1600 function G(s) H(s) = 2
has a gain
s( s  s  1)
0.5 margin of
1800
(A) – 6 dB (B) 0 dB
0.3 200 0 (C) 3.5 dB (D) 6 dB
AB [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]
The gain margin and phase margin of the (62) The gain margin and the phase margin of a
system are feedback system with
0 0 s
(A) 6 dB and 30 (B) 6 dB and 30 G(s) H(s) = are
3
0  s 100
(C) – 6 dB (D) – 6 and 30
(A) 0 dB, 0 0 (B)  , 
AD [GATE-IN-2006-IITKGP]
(58) A unity feedback system has the following (C) ,00 (D) 88.5 dB, 
open loop frequency response:
r A42to48 [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
| G ( j) | G( j) (63) The phase margin in degrees of G (S) =
(rad/sec)
10
2 7.5 1180 calculated using
 s  0.1  1 s  10
s
3 4.8 1300
the asymptotic bode plot is --------
4 3.15 1400
AC [GATE-EC –2011-IITM]
5 2.25 1500 (64) The input output transfer function of a plant
6 1.70 1570 100
H(s) = . the plant is placed in a
7 1.00 1700 s( s  10) 2
8 0.64 1800 unity negative feedback configuration as
shown in the figure below
The gain and phase margin of the system are
(A) 0 dB, – 1800
(B) 3.88 dB, –1700
(C) 0 dB, 100
The gain margin of the system under closed
(D) 3.88 dB, 100 loop unity negative feedback is
AD (A) 0 dB (B) 20 dB
(59) For the system having open–loop transfer
70 (C) 26 dB (D) 46 Db
function G ( s) H ( s ) 
s( s  2)( s  5) AC [GATE-IN-2012-IITD]
(65) The open loop transfer function of a unity
The gain margin is
negative feedback control system is given by
(A) 2 db (B) 5 db 150
G(s) = . The gain margin of
(C) 7 db (D) 0 db s ( s  9)( s  25)
AC [GATE-EC-1991-IITM] the system is
(60) The open–loop transfer function of a (A) 10.8 dB (B) 22.3 dB
feedback control system is G (s).H(s) =
1 (C) 34.1 dB (D) 45.6 dB
( s  1)3 AA [ESE-EC-2006]
(66) Consider the unity feedback system with
The gain margin of the system is
(A) 2 (B) 4 2
G ( s) 
s( s  1)(2 s  1)
(C) 8 (D) 16

Page 138 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 10 - PHASE & GAIN MARGIN
The phase margin and the gain margin of the
system are respectively
(A) 150 0 and 4 (B) 1500 and 3/4
What is the gain margin of the system? (C) 30 0 and 4 (D) 30 0 and 3 / 4
3 4 AD[ESE-EC-1999]
(A) (B)
4 3 (71) A portion of the polar plot of an open-loop
1 3 transfer function is shown in the given figure
(C) (D)
2 5
A0.30-0.34 [GATE-IN-2014-IITKGP]
(67) The loop transfer function of a feedback
control system is given by
1
G ( s) H ( s) 
s (s  1)(9s  1)

Its phase crossover frequency (in rad/s),

approximated to two decimal places, is ____.

A59.5-60.5 [GATE-EC-2016-IISc]
(68) In the feedback system shown below
1
G (s) 
( s  1)( s  2)( s  3) The phase margin and gain margin will be
respectively
(A) 300 and 0.75
(B) 600 and 0.375
The positive value of k for which the gain
margin of the loop is exactly 0 dB and the (C) 600 and 0.75
phase margin of the loop is exactly zero (D) 600 and1 / 0.75
degree is ________.
AC[ESE-EC-2018]
AA [GATE-EE-2016-IISc] (72) The low-frequency asymptote in the Bode
(69) The phase cross-over frequency of the plot of
transfer function G ( s ) 
100
in rad/s is 6( s 2  10s  100)
G (s)  2
( s  1) 3 s (50 s 2  15s  1)
1 has a slope of
(A) 3 (B)
3 (A) –10 dB/dec (B) –20 dB/dec
(C) 3 (D) 3 3 (C) –40 dB/dec (D) –60 dB/dec
AB[ESE-EC-2001]
AA[ESE-EC-2000]
(73) The open loop transfer function of a system is
(70) The polar plot (for positive frequencies) for
the open-loop transfer function of a unity K
feedback control system is shown in the given G ( s) H ( s) 
(1  s )(1  2s )(1  3s)
figure
The phase crossover frequency  pc is

(A) 2 (B) 1
(C) zero (D) 3

AA[GATE-IN –2009]
(74) A unity feedback control loop with an open
K
transfer function of the form has a
s(s  )
gain cross-over frequency of 1 rad/s and a
phase margin is 600 . If an element having a

www.targate.org Page 139

CONTROL SYSTEM

s 3 AB [ESE-EC-2008]
transfer function is inserted into the (80) The open–loop transfer function of a unity
s 3
feedback control system is given by
loop, the phase margin will become
G(s)  KeTs
(A) 00 (B) 300
Where K and T are variables and are greater
(C) 450 (D) 600 than zero. The stability of the closed–loop
system depends on
A37 to 39 [GATE-IN-2019-IITM]
(A) K only
(75) In a control system with unity gain feedback,
the transfer function of the loop-gain function (B) Both K and T
is L( s)  9e0.1s / s . The phase margin of the (C) T only
(D) neither K nor T
loop-gain function L(s) is ________ degree.
Common Data for Next Two Questions :
A67-69 [GATE-IN-2014-IITKGP] The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback
(76) The transfer function of a system is given by 3e 2 s
e s /500 system is given by G ( s ) 
G( s )  s ( s  2)
s  500
AD[GATE-EC-2005-IITB]
The input to the system is x(t) = sin100  t. In (81) The gain and phase crossover frequencies in
periodic steady state the output of the system rad/sec are, respectively
(A) 0.632 and 1.26
is found to be y (t )  A sin(100 t  ) . The
(B) 0.632 and 0.485
phase angle () in degree is _______ .
(C) 0.485 and 0.632
AD [ESE-EE-2009] (D) 1.26 and 0.632
(77) The open loop transfer function of a unity
feedback system is given by AD[GATE-EC-2005-IITB]
(82) Based on the above results, the gain and

G( s) 
e 0.1s phase margins of the system will be
(A) –7.09 and 87.50
s
(B) 7.09 and 87.50
The gain margin of this system is
(A) 11.95 dB (B) 17.67 dB (C) 7.09 dB and – 87.50

(C) 21.33 dB (D) + 23.9 dB (D) –7.09 dB and – 87.50

AC [GATE-IN-2003-IITM] A1.01 to 1.06 [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]

(78) The transfer function of a system is given by (83) Consider the unity feedback control system
shown. The value of K that results in a phase
Y ( s ) e 0.1s
 . If x(t) is 0.5 sin t, then the margin of the system to be 30 is
X (s) 1  s _______.(Give the answer up to two decimal
phase angle between the output and the input places.)
will be
(A)  39.27 0 (B) 45 0

(C)  50.730 (D) 90 0

AC [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
(79) The loop transfer function of a system is
e0.1s
given by G ( s )  . The phase cross-over -----000----
s
frequency is given by

 
(A) (B)
2 10

 
(C) (D)
0.2 4

Page 140 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 10 - PHASE & GAIN MARGIN

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
B C D D A D A C A C
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
C A C A B C C A D C
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
D B D D B D B * C D
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
D D D A D C * A D C
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
A B C C C C A C 5 B
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
B C A B B * A D D C
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
B B * C C A * * A A
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
D C B A * * D C C B
81. 82. 83.
D D *

28. 84.3460
37. 180 to 180 or –180 to –180
56. 0.12
63. 42 to 48
67. 0.30 to 0.34
68. 59.5 to 60.5
75. 37 to 39
76. 67 to 69
83. 1.01 to 1.06

www.targate.org Page 141

 11
Frequency Parameter
BASIC REFRESHER (C) n (1  2 2 )  4 4  4 2  2

AD[ESE-EC-2019] (D) n (1  2 2 )  4 4  4 2  2
(1) The magnitude and phase relationship
between the sinusoidal input and the steady- AC [ESE-EC-2005]
state output of a system is called as (6) Consider the following statements:
(A) magnitude response The frequency response of a control system
(B) transient response has very sharp cut off characteristics. This
implies that
(C) steady-state response
1. It has large peak resonance
(D) frequency response
2. It has large bandwidth.
AB[ESE-EC-2019] 3. It is a less stable system.
(2) The frequency where magnitude M has a peak
Which of the statements given above is/are
value in frequency response is known as
correct?
(A) normalized frequency
(A) 1 only (B) 2 and 3
(B) resonant frequency
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3
(C) peak frequency
AD[ESE-EE-2016]
(D) tuned frequency (7) Consider the following statements with
AC [ESE-EC-2008] reference to the response of a control system:
(3) What is the value of the damping ratio of a 1. A large resonant peak corresponds to a
second order system when the value of the small overshoot in transient response.
resonant peak is unity?
2. A large bandwidth corresponds to slow
(A) 2 (B) Unity response.
(C) 1/ 2 (D) zero 3. The cut-off rate indicates the ability of
the system to distinguish the signal from
AB noise.
(4) With reference to frequency response
resonance peak occurs only if the value of 4. Resonant frequency is indicative of the
damping ratio speed of transient response.
(A) Equals to 1 Which of the above statements are correct?
(B)  0.707 (A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3
(C) > 0.707
(D) equals to 1.41 (C) 1 and 4 (D) 3 and 4

AC [GATE-EC-1994-IITKGP] AC [ESE-EE-2007]
(5) The 3–dB bandwidth of a typical second– (8) Consider the following statements in
order system with the transfer function connection with frequency domain
specifications of a control system:
C (s ) 2n
 2 , Is given by 1. Resonant peak and peak overshoot are
R ( s ) s  2 n s  n2
both functions of the damping ratio 
2 only.
(A) n 1  2
2. The resonant frequency r   n
(B) n (1   2 )   4   2  1 for   0.707 .

Page 142 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 11 - FREQUENCY PARAMETER
3. Higher the resonant peak, higher is the AA
maximum overshoot of the step (12) Consider the following systems :
response.
1
Which of the statements given above are System 1: G(s) = (2s  1)
correct?
(A) 1 and 2 only (B) 2 and 3 only 1
(C) 1 and 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3 System 2: G(s) =
(5s  1)
The true statement regarding the system is
********
(A) Bandwidth of system 1 is greater than the
bandwidth of system 2
NUMERICAL PROBLEMS (B) Bandwidth of system 1 is lower than the
bandwidth of system 2
AB[ESE-EC-2016]
(9) For a unity feedback system with open-loop (C) Bandwidth of both the systems are the
same
25
transfer function , the resonant peak (D) Bandwidth of both the systems are
s( s  6)
infinite
at output M m and the corresponding resonant
AC [ESE-EC-2006]
frequency m , are respectively
(13) For a unity feedback control system the
(A) 2.6 and 2.67 r/s damping ratio is 0.41. What is the resonance
(B) 1.04 and 2.67 r/s magnitude?
(C) 2.6 and 4.8 r/s (A) Mr  1 (B) Mr  0.707
(D) 1.04 and 4.8 r/s
(C) Mr  1.30 (D) Mr  1.95
AD [ESE-EE-2009]
(10) A second order system has a natural AC [GATE-EC –2006]
frequency of oscillations of 3 rad/sec and (14) Consider two transfer functions
damping ratio of 0.5. What are the values of 1 s
G1 ( s )  2 and G2 ( s )  2 .
resonant frequency and resonant peak of the s  as  b s  as  b
system? The 3–dB bandwidths of their frequency
(A) 1.5 rad/sec and 1.16 responses are, respectively
(B) 1.16 rad/sec and 1.5 (A) a 2  4b , a 2  4b
(C) 1.16 rad/sec and 2.1 (B) a 2  4b , a 2  4b
(D) 2.1 rad/sec and 1.16 (C) a 2  4 b , a 2  4b
AA [GATE-EE-1991-IITM] (D) a 2  4b , a 2  4b
(11) An under damped second order system
having a transfer function of the form M(s) = A14-17 [GATE-EC-2018-IITG]
k  2n (15) For a unity feedback control system with the
has frequency response plot forward path transfer function
s 2  2 n s   2n
shown in Fig. below, then the system gain K K
G ( s) 
is ________ and the damping factor is s ( s  2)
approximately _________ .
The peak resonant magnitude M r of the
closed-loop frequency response is 2. The
corresponding value of the gain K (correct to
two decimal places) is ______.

AB[ESE-EE-2019]
(16) The open-loop and closed-loop transfer
functions of a system are respectively given
(A) K = 1, Damping factor = .204 by
(B) K = 2, Damping factor = .304 K
(C) K = 2.5, Damping factor = .204 G ( s)  ; (open loop)
j  1
(D) K = 1, Damping factor = .004

www.targate.org Page 143

CONTROL SYSTEM

K
(1  K )
G ( s)  ; (closed loop)
jc  1
The ratio of the bandwidth of closed loop to
open loop system is
(A) K (B) (1  K )

K2
(C) (1  K ) 2 (D)
(1  K )

----000-----

Page 144 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 11 - FREQUENCY PARAMETER

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
D B C B C C D C B D
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
A A C C * B

15. 14 to 17

www.targate.org Page 145

 12
State Space Analysis
MISCELLANEOUS
AB [GATE-IN-1994-IITKGP]
(1) The minimum number of states required to
describe the network shown in Fig. is

A state space model of the above system in

terms of the state vector x and the output
vector y =  y1 y 2 T is

(A) 1 (B) 2 (A) x   2 x  1 u; y  1 2  x

(C) 3 (D) 4
1
AC [ESE-EE-2009] (B) x   2 x  1 u; y    x
2
(2) When a transfer function model is converted
into state space model, the order of the  2 0  1
system may be reduced during which one of (C) x    x    u; y  1 2 x
the following conditions?  0 2  1
(A) Some of the variables are not considered 2 0 1 1
(D) x    x    u; y x
(B) Some of the variables are hidden 0 2 1  2
(C) Pole, zero cancellation takes place AD [GATE-EC-2008-IISc]
(D) The order of the system will never be (5) A signal flow graph of a system is given
changed below
AA,B[GATE-EC-2005-IITB]
(3) A linear system is equivalently represented by
two sets of state equations.
X = AX + BU and W = CW + DU
The eigen values of the representations are
also computed as [  ] and [  ]. Which one
of the following statements is true ?

(A)      and X = W
(B)      and X  W The set of equations that correspond to this
signal flow graph is :
(C)      and X = W
 x1   β γ 0   x1 
d   
(D)      and X  W (A) x2  γ α 0   x2 
dt   
 x3    α β 0   x3 
AB [GATE-EC-2011-IITM]
(4) The block diagram of a system with one input 1 0 
u 
u and two outputs y1 and y2 is given below   0 0   1 
u
 0 1   2 

Page 146 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS

 x1   0 α γ   x1  s 1 s 1
d    (C) (D)
 γ   x2 
2 2
(B) x2  0 α s  s 1 s  s 1
dt   
 x3   0 β  β   x3 
AC [GATE-EE-1994-IITKGP]
0 0 (8) The matrix of any state space equations for
u 
  0 1   1  the transfer C(s)/R(s) of the system, shown
u below in figure is
1 0   2 
 x1   α β 0   x1 
d   
(C) x2   β  γ 0   x2 
dt   
 x3   α γ 0   x3 
 1 0  1 0 
1 0  (A)   (B)  
u   0 1  0 1 
  0 1   1 
u
 0 0   2  (C) [1] (D) [3]
 x1    γ 0 β   x1 
d   
(D) x2  γ 0 α   x2  Statement: Linked Answer for next 2 Questions:
dt    The state diagram of a system is shown below. A
 x3    β 0 α   x3 
system is described by the state-variable equations
0 1  .
 u1  X  AX  Bu ; y  CX  Du
 0 0   
 u2 
1 0 

Common Data for Next Two Questions :

The signal flow graph of a system is shown below : AA [GATE-EC/EE/IN-2013-IITB]
(9) The state-variable equations of the system
shown in the figure above are
 1 0   1
X    X   u
(A)  1 1 1
y  [1 1] X  u
 1 0   1
AD[GATE-EC-2010-IITG] X    X   u
(6) The state variable representation of the (B)  1 1 1
system can be y  [1 1] X  u
 1 1 0   1 0   1
(A) x    x   u y   0 0.5 x X   X   u
 1 0  2 
(C)  1 1 1
 1 1  0 y  [1 1] X  u
(B) x    x   u y   0 0.5 x
 1 0  2  1 1  1
X    X   u
 1 1 0  (D)  0 1 1
(C) x    x   u
1 0 2 y  [1 1] X  u
y   0.5 0.5 x
AA [GATE-EC/EE/IN-2013-IITB]
 1 1  0 (10) The state transition matrix e
At
of the system
(D) x    x   u
 1 0  2 shown in the figure above is
y   0.5 0.5 x  et 0 
(A)  
t
 te e  t 
AC[GATE-EC-2010-IITG]
(7) The transfer function of the system is  e t 0 
(B)  
(A) s2  1 s 1 t
(B)  te e t 
s 1 s2 1

www.targate.org Page 147

CONTROL SYSTEM

e  t 0  e3t 0 
(C)   (A)  2t 3t 
e
t
et  e  e e2t 
et te  t  e3t e2t  e3t 
(D)   (B)  
 0 e  t  0 e2t 
AA e3t e2t  e3t 
(11) For differential equation governing the (C)  
 0 e2t 
dynamics of a separately excited d.c. motor is
given below: e3t e2t  e3t 
(D)  
d 2 d K 2 K 0 e2t 
J 2
 f    V
dt dt L L
The above equation is arranged in the AA
following form (14) A certain linear time invariant system has the
state and the output equations given below
 d 2 
 d
 2
dt  x1  1 1  x1  0
    A  dt    B V  x   0 1   x   1 u
 d      2   2  
 dt    
x 
Y = 1 1  1  if
The value of coefficient matrix  A  is given  x2 
by
dy
 f K2  K2 F x1 (0) 1, x2 (0)  1, u(0)  0 then t 0
(A)  J  (B)  LJ   dt
 LJ   J is :
 1 0   0 1 
(A) 1
 0 1   1 0  (B) - 1
(C)  2  (D)  
 K f  f K2
   (C) 0
 LJ J   J LJ 
(D) None of the above
AC
Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next (15) The state-variable representation of a plant is
two Questions : given by
x  Ax  Bu
A system is described by the following state and
y  Cx
output equations
Where x is the state, u is the input and y is the
dx1 (t ) output. Assuming zero initial conditions, the
  3 x1 (t )  x2 (t )  2u (t )
dt impulse response of the plant is given by
dx2 ( t ) (A) exp( At )
  2 x 2 (t )  u (t )
dt
(B)  exp[ A(t  τ )]B u ( τ )dτ
y(t )  x1 (t )
(C) C exp( At ) B
when u(t) is the input and y(t) is the output.
(D) C  exp[ A(t  τ )]B u ( τ ) dτ
AC [GATE-EE-2009-IITR]
(12) The system transfer function is
AA [GATE-EE-2003-IITM]
s2 s3 (16) The following equation defines a separately
(A) 2
(B) 2
s  5s  6 s  5s  6 exited dc motor in the form of a differential
(C)
2s  5
(D)
2s  5 d 2 Bd  K 2 K
equation    Va
s2  5s  6 s 2  5s  6 dt 2
Jdt LJ LJ
AB [GATE-EE-2009-IITR] The above equation may be organized in the
(13) The state-transition matrix of the above state space from as follows
system is

Page 148 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS

 d 2   0 1 0  0
 2   d 
 dt   P  dt   QVa x   0 0 1 x  0 u
 
 d   
     0.5 1 2 1
 dt 
Where the P matrix is given by If the control signal u is given by u= [–0.5–3–
5]x + v, then the eigen values of the closed-
 B K2   K2 B
(A)   J  LJ  (B)   LJ 
J
 loop system will be
  
 1 0   0 1  (A) 0, –1, –2
 
 0 1   1 0  (B) 0, –1, –3
(C)  K 2 B
 (D)  B 
K2  (C) –1, –1, –2
    
  
 LJ J  J LJ 
(D) 0, –1, –1
AC [GATE-EC-2003-IITM] Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next
(17) The zero, input response of a system given by Two Questions :
the state space equation Consider a linear system whose state space
representation is x(t )  Ax(t ) . If the initial slate
 x1  1 0  x1   x1 (0)  1 
 x   1 1  x  and      is : 1
 2   2  x2 (0)  0  vector of the system is x(0)    , then the system
2
tet  et   e2t 
(A)   (B)   response is x (t ) 
t  t  2t  . If the initial state vector
2e 
 et  t  1
(C)  t  (D)  t  of the system changes to x(0)    , then the
te  1
te 
 e t 
AA [GATE-EE-2001-IITK] system response becomes x(t )    t 
(18) Given the homogeneous state-space equation  e 
  3 1 
X   x the steady state value of AA[GATE-EC-2007-IITK]
 0 2  (21) The eigen-value and eigen-vector pairs
xss  lim x(t), given the initial state value of   i  ,Vi for the system are
t 

x(0)  [10  10]T , is :  1   1  

(A)  1,    and  2,   
0   3   1    2 
(A) xss    (B) xss   
0   2    1    1 
(B)  2,    and  1,   
 10       1    2  
(C) xss    (D) x ss   
 10   
  1    1 
(C)  1,    and  2,   
  1    2  
AB [GATE-EE-2002-IISc]
 2 0  1   1    1 
(19) For the system X   X    u; (D)  2,    and  1,   
 0 4 1    1    2  
y   4 0 X , with u as unit impulse and with
zero initial state, the output, y, becomes AD[GATE-EC-2007-IITK]
2t 2t
(22) The system matrix A is
(A) 2e (B) 4e
 0 1 1 1
4t 4t (A)   (B)  
(C) 2e (D) 4e 1 1 1 2
AA[GATE-EC-1999-IITB] 1 1  0 1
(20) For the system described by the state equation (C)   (D)  
1 2 2 3

www.targate.org Page 149

CONTROL SYSTEM
AB[ESE-EC-2001]  x1   0 1  x1   0   x1 
(23) For the system described by X  AX match  x    1 1  x   1  u ; y  1 0  x 
 2   2    2
List-I (Matrix A) with List-II (Position of
eigenvalues) and select the correct answer: If u is unit step input, then the steady state
error of the system is
List-I
(A) 0 (B) 1/2
 1 2  (C) 2/3 (D) 1
A.  0 2 
  AC[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
 1 2 (26) An unforced linear time invariant (LTI)
B. 2 4 system is represented by
 
 x1  1 0   x1 
0 1  x    0 2  x 
C. 1 0   2   2
 
If the initial conditions are x1 (0)  1 and
1 0 
D. 2 4 x2 (0)  1 , the solution of the state equation
  is :
List-II
(A) x1 (t)  1, x2 (t )  2
1. One eigenvalue at the origin
(B) x1 (t )  et , x2 (t )  2et
2. Both the eigenvalues in the LHP
3. Both the eigenvalues in RHP (C) x1 (t )  et , x2 (t )  e2t
4. Both the eigenvalues on the imaginary (D) x1 (t )  et , x2 (t )  2e t
axis
Codes : AB[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(27) The state equation of a second-order linear
A B C D system is given by
(A) 2 1 3 4 x(t )  Ax(t), x(0)  x0
(B) 2 1 4 3
(C) 1 2 4 3 1  e t  0 
For x0    , x(t )    t  and for x0    ,
(D) 1 2 3 4  1  e  1 
AD [GATE-IN-2019-IITM]  e t  e2t 
x  x(t )    t 2 t 
.
(24) The dynamics of the state  1  of a system is e  2e 
 x2 
governed by the differential equation 3
When x0    , x(t) is :
 x1   1 2   x1   20  5
 x    3 4   x   10  .
 2   2  
8e t  11e2t 
(A)  t 2t 
0 
Given that the initial state is   , the steady  8e  22e 
0 
x   11et  8e2t 
state value of  1  is : (B)  t 2t 
 x2  11e  16e 
  30    20   3e t  5e 2 t 
(A)   (B)   (C)  2 t 
  40    10  t
 3e  10e 
 5   50 
(C)   (D)   5et  6e2t 
  15    35  (D)  t 2t 
5e  6e 
AA [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(25) Consider the system described by following AD[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
state space equations (28) The state variable representation of a system
is given as

Page 150 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS

0 1  1  A5.9-6.1 [GATE-EE-2016-IISc]
x  x, x (0)    (32) Consider the following state-space
0 1 0 representation of a linear time-invariant
y  [ 0 1] x system.
The response y(t) is 1 0  1
x (t )    x(t ), y(t )  cT x(t ), c    and
(A) sin( f ) (B) 1  e r 0 2  1
1
(C) 1  cos(t ) (D) 0 x(0)   
1
Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next
The value of y(t) for t = loge 2 is _______.
two Questions :
The state space equation of a system is described by AD [GATE-IN-2018-IITG]
x  Ax  Bu , y  Cx where x is state vector, u is  1 0 
(33) Consider the linear system x   x,
0 1  0  0 2 
input, y is output and A    , B , 1
0 2 1  with initial conditionx (0)    . The
C  [1 0] 1
solution x(t ) for this system is
AD [GATE-EE-2008-IISc]  e t te 2t  1
(29) The transfer function G(s) of this system will (A) x(t )    
0 e2t  1
be
s s 1  e t 0  1
(A) (B) (B) x(t )    
( s  2) s ( s  2) 0 e2t  1
s 1 e t
(C) (D) t 2 e2 t  1
( s  2) s ( s  2) (C) x (t )    
0 e2 t  1
AA [GATE-EE-2008-IISc] e  t 0  1
(30) A unity feedback is provided to the above (D) x(t )    
system G(s) to make it a closed loop system 0 e2t  1
as shown in figure.
ANSWER : 1.280-1.287 [GATE-EE-2017-IITR]
(34) Consider the system described by the
following state space representation :
 x1 (t )  0 1   x1 (t )  0
 x (t )   0 2  x (t )   0 u(t )
For a unit step input r(t), the steady state error  2    2   
in the input will be
 x (t ) 
(A) 0 (B) 1 y (t )  [1 0]  1 
(C) 2 (D)   x2 (t ) 
 x1 (0)  1
AA
2
[GATE-IN-1994-IITKGP]
If u(t) is a unit step input and   ,
( s  2)  x2 (0)  0
value of output y(t) at t = 1 sec (rounded off
(31) A first order matrix differential equation of a
system is given as to three decimal places) is ______ .

 x1   0 1   x1   0  ANSWER : 4.99-5.01 [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]

 x    2 3  x    2  u (35) Consider the state space realization
 2   2  
 x1 (t )  0 0   x1 (t )   0 
x 
y  [1 1]  1   x (t )   0 9   x (t )    45 u (t ) , with the
 2    2   
 x2 
 x1 (0)   0 
(A) Find the transfer function of the system. initial condition    ,
 x2 (0)   0 
(B) Find the solution of the states and the
output when the input is a unit step and where u (t ) denotes the unit step function.
0  The value of lim x12 (t )  x22 (t ) is _____ .
the initial condition of the states is   . t 
1 
www.targate.org Page 151
CONTROL SYSTEM
AC [GATE-EE-2018-IITG] (B) completely state controllable
(36) Consider a system governed by the following
(C) random stage system
equations
dx1 (t )
(D) steady-sate controlled system
 x2 (t )  x1 (t )
dt AC[ESE-EE-2018]
dx2 (t ) (40) For a feedback control system all the roots of
 x1 (t )  x2 (t ) the characteristic equation can be placed at
dt
The initial conditions are such that the desired location in the s-plane if and only
x1 (0)  x2 (0)   . Let x1 f  lim x1 (t ) and if the system is
t 
1. Observable
x2 f  lim x2 (t ) . Which one of the following
t 
is true ? 2. Controllable
(A) x1 f  x2 f   (B) x2 f  x1 f   Which of the above statements are correct?
(C) x1 f  x2 f   (D) x1 f  x2 f   (A) 1 only
(B) 2 only
AA
(37) For the homogenous state equation (C) Both 1 and 2

. (D) Neither 1 nor 2

 x1   3 1   x1  AC [ESE-EE-2002]
 .   0 2  x2 
 x2  1 2 0
(41) Let X    X   U
 x1 (0)   2  0 1  1
With    Y   b 0 X
 x2 (0)    1
The steady state value of x is Where b is an unknown constant. This system
is :
0 2
(A)   (B)   (A) Observable for all values of b
0 1 (B) unobservable for all values of b
1 0 (C) observable for all non-zero values of b
(C)   (D)  
(D) unobservable for all non-zero values of b
3  1 
AA [GATE-EC-1999-IITB]
AC[ESE-EC-2001]
(42) The System mode described by the state
(38) For the system dynamics described by
equations
differential equation y  3 y  2 y  u (t ) the
transfer function of the system represented in 0 1  0 
controllable canonical form is C[ sl  A]1 B . X   x    u , y  1 1 x is :
 2 3  1 
The matrix A would be
(A) Controllable and observable
0 1  0 1
(A)   (B)   (B) Controllable, but not observable
 3 2   2 3
(C) Observable, but not controllable
0 1 0 2 
(C)   (D)   (D) Neither controllable nor observable
 2 3  0 3 
AC [GATE-EC-2009-IITR]
dx
******** (43) Consider the system  Ax  Bu with A =
dt
1 0   p
CONTROLLABLE & OBSERVABLE 0 1 and B   q  where p and q are
   
AB[ESE-EE-2019] arbitrary real numbers. Which of the
(39) If it is possible to transfer the system state following statements about the controllability
x(t0 ) to any desired state x (t ) in specified of the system is true?
finite time by a control vector u (t ) , then the (A) The system is completely state
system is said to be controllable for any nonzero values of p
(A) completely observable and q.

Page 152 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
(B) Only p = 0 and q = 0 result in AB [GATE- EC-1991-IITM]
controllability. (48) A liner second-order single-input continuous-
(C) The system is uncontrollable for all time system is described by following set of
values of p and q. differential equations
(D) We cannot conclude about x1 (t )  2x1 (t )  4x2 (t ) ;
controllability from the given data
x2 (t )  2x1 (t)  x2 (t )  u(t )
AB [IES-EE-2002]
Where x1 (t )& x2 (t ) are the state variables and
(44) A transfer function of a control system does
not have pole-zero cancellation. Which one of u(t) is the control variable. The system is
the following statement is true? (A) Controllable and stable
(A) System is neither controllable nor (B) Controllable and unstable
observable (C) Uncontrollable and unstable
(B) System is completely controllable and (D) Uncontrollable but stable.
observable AC [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(C) System is observable but uncontrollable (49) The second order dynamic system
(D) System is controllable but unobservable dX
 PX  Qu
dt
AD [GATE-EC-2004-IITD]
y  RX
(45) The state variable equations of a system are:
has the matrices P, Q and R as follows:
x1  3x1  x2  u
1 1  0
x2  2 x1 P  Q    R  [0 1]
 0 3 1 
y  x1  u. The system is The system has the following controllability
(A) Controllable but not observable and observability properties:
(B) Observable but not controllable (A) Controllable and observable
(C) neither controllable nor observable (B) Not controllable but observable
(D) Controllable and observable (C) Controllable but not observable
(D) Not controllable and not observable
AB [GATE- EC-1992-IITD]
(46) A linear time - invariant system is described AC [GATE-EE-2010-IITG]
by the state variable model 
(50) The system X  AX  BU with
 x1   1 0   x1   0 
 x    0 2   x   1  u.  1 2  0
 2   2   A  , B    is :
 0 2 1
x 
Y = 1 2  1  (A) Stable and Controllable
 x2 
(B) Stable but uncontrollable
(A) The system is completely controllable
(B) The system is not completely (C) Unstable but controllable
controllable (D) Unstable and uncontrollable
(C) The system is completely not observable AB [GATE-EE-2002-IISc]
(D) None of the above
 2 3 1 
(51) For the system X =   X    u , Which
AB [GATE-EE-1993-IITB]  0 5 0 
(47) Consider a second order system whose state of the following statement is true?
space representation is of the form

(A) The system is controllable but unstable
X  AX  BU . If x1 (t)  x2 (t ), then system (B) The system is uncontrollable and
is unstable
(A) Controllable (C) The system is controllable and stable
(B) Uncontrollable (D) The system is uncontrollable and stable
(C) Observable AA[ESE-EE-2001]
(52) Consider the signal input, single output
(D) Unstable
system with its state variable representation:

www.targate.org Page 153

CONTROL SYSTEM

 1 0 0  1  0 1 0
 Where A =  , B =   , C = 1 1
X   0 2 0  X  1  U
 
2 3

1
 0 0 3  0  The system is
Y  [1 0 2] X (A) Both controllable and observable
(B) Controllable but unobservable
The system is
(C) Observable but uncontrollable
(A) neither controllable nor observable (D) Both uncontrollable and unobservable
(B) controllable but not observable
Common Data for Next Two Questions :
(C) uncontrollable but observable The state variable formulation of a system is given
(D) both controllable and observable as
AB [ESE-EE-2007]  x1   2 0   x1  1
dx (t )  x    0 1  x   1 u ,
(53) Consider a system  Ax (t )  Bu (t );  2   2  
dt
x 
y  Cx(t ) x1(0)  0, x2 (0)  0 and y  1 0  1 
 x2 
2 0  3
Where A    ; B    ; C  1 0
 0 1 1 AA [GATE-EE-2013-IITB]
(56) The system is
Which of the statements given below in
respect of above system is correct? (A) Controllable but not observable
(B) Not controllable but observable
(A) System is controllable and observable
(C) Both controllable and observable
(B) System is controllable but not
observable (D) Both not controllable and not observable
(C) System is not controllable but AA [GATE-EE-2013-IITB]
observable (57) The response y(t) to a unit step input is
(D) System is not controllable and not
1 1 2 t 1 1
observable (A)  e (B) 1  e 2t  e  t
2 2 2 2
AD [GATE-EE-2012-IITD] (C) e 2 t  e  t (D) 1  et
(54) The state variable description of an LTI
system is given by AB [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]
 x1   0 a1 0  x1   0  (58) In the signal flow diagram given in the figure,
       u1 and u2 are possible inputs whereas y1 and
 x2    0 0 a2  x2    0  u ,
 x   a 0 0     y2 are possible outputs. When would the
 3  3  x3   1 
SISO system derived from this diagram be
 x1 
  controllable and observable ?
y  1 0 0   x2 
x 
 3
Where y is the output and u is the input.
The system is controllable for
(A) a1  0, a2  0, a3  0
(B) a1  0, a2  0, a3  0
(C) a1  0, a2  0, a3  0
(D) a1  0, a2  0, a3  0

AB [ESE-EE-2002]
(55) A linear time invariant system is described by
the following dynamic equation :
(A) When u1 is the only input and y1 is the
dx(t ) only output
 Ax(t )  Bu(t )
dt
(B) When u2 is the only input and y1 is the
y(t )  Cx(t ) only output
Page 154 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)
 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
(C) When u1 is the only input and y2 is the Which of the above statements is/are correct?
only output (A) 1 only
(D) When u2 is the only input and y2 is the (B) 2 only
only output (C) Both 1 and 2
(D) Neither 1 nor 2
A–3 [GATE-IN-2015-IITK]
(59) A system is represented in state-space as AB [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
 1 2 (63) Consider the state space model of a system as
X  Ax  Bu , where A   and given below
 6 
 x1  1 1 0   x1   x1 
1  x    0 1 0   x  u; y  1 1 1  x 
B    . The value of  for which the
 2   2  2
1
system is not controllable is ____.  x3   0 0 2  x3   x3 
The system is
AA [GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(60) Consider the state space system expressed by (A) Controllable and observable
the signal flow diagram shown in the figure. (B) Uncontrollable and observable
The corresponding system is
(C) Uncontrollable and unobservable
(D) None of these

********

STATE TRANSITION MATRIX

(A) Always controllable AC

(64) The state transition matrix (t ) is given by
(B) Always observable
(C) Always stable (A) [sI ]  [ A]
(D) Always unstable 1
(B) {[sI ]  [ A]}
AA [GATE-EC-2016-IISc] 1 1
(61) A second-order linear time-invariant system (C) L {[sI ]  [ A]}
is described by the following state equations 1
(D) L {[sI ]  [ A]}
d
x1 (t )  2 x1 (t )  3u(t )
dt AB
(65) In exponential series form the state transition
d
x2 (t )  x2 (t )  u(t ) matrix is :
dt
[ A]t [ A]t
where x1(t) and x2(t) are the two state (A) e (B) e
variables and u(t) denotes the input. If the [ A] [ A]
(C) e (D) e
output c(t) = x1(t), then the system is :
AC [GATE-EE-2014-IITKGP]
(A) controllable but not observable
(66) The state transition matrix for the system
(B) observable but not controllable
 x  1 0   x1  1
(C) both controllable and observable Is  1        u
(D) neither controllable nor observable  x2  1 1   x2  1
e t 0  et 0 
AC[ESE-EC-2016] (A)  t  (B)  2 t t 
(62) The system described by the following state e et  t e e 
equations  et 0  et tet 
(C)  t t  (D)  t 
0 1  0
X    X    u ,Y  1, 1 X te e  0 e 
 2 3 1
AA [ESE-EE-2009]
1. Completely controllable
(67) What is represented by state transition matrix
2. Completely observable of a system?
www.targate.org Page 155
CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) Free response AD[GATE-EC-2014-IITKGP]
(72) The state transition matrix (t) of a system
(B) Impulse response
(C) Step response
 x1  0 1  x1 
x   0 0  x  is:
(D) Forced response  2   2

AB [GATE-EC-2004-IITD] t 1  1 0 
(A)   (B)  
1 0  1 0  t 1 
(68) Given A =  0 1  , the state transfer
 
At  0 1 1 t 
function matrix e is given by (C)   (D)  
1 t   0 1
0 et  e t 0
(A)  t
 (B)   Common Data for Next Two Questions :
e 0   0 et 
0 1 
et 0  A state variable system X (t )   
0 et  0 3
(C)  t
 (D)  t 
 0 e  e 0  1 
X (t )    U (t ) , with the initial condition
AC [GATE-EE-2002-IISc] 0
(69) The state transition matrix for the system X (0)  [1 3]T and the unit step input u(t) has

X  AX with initial state X(0) is
AA [GATE-EE-2005-IITB]
(A) ( sI  A) 1 (73) The state transition matrix

(B) e At X (0)  1
(A) 
1
3
1  e3t 
1  
(C) Laplace inverse of (sI  A)   0 e3t 

1  1 t 3t
(D) Laplace inverse of (sI  A) X (0) 1 
e e 
(B)  3
 
AA [GATE-EE-2003-IITM] 0 e t 
(70) A second order system starts with an initial
2  1 t 3t 
condition of   without any external input.
(C) 
1
3
 e  e 
3  
The state transition matrix for the system is 0 e3t 
 e2t 0 
given by   . The state of the system
t 
1
(D) 
1  e  t

 0 e  et
 0 
at the end of 1 second is given by
 0.271   0.135  AC [GATE-EE-2005-IITB]
(A)   (B)  
 1.100   0.368  (74) The state transition equation
 0.271   0.135  t  et 
(C)   (D)   (A) X (t )   t 
 0.736   1.100   e 
AB[GATE-EC-2004-IITD] t  e t 
1 0  (B) X (t )   3t 
(71) Given A    , the state transition matrix  3e 
0 1 
e At is given by t  e3t 
(C) X (t )   3t 
 0 e t   et 0   3e 
(A)   t  (B)  t
e 0 0 e  t  e3t 
t t (D) X (t)   t 
e 0 0 e   e 
(C)   (D)  t 
0 e t  e 0

Page 156 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
AC[ESE-EE-2018] TRANSFER FUNCTION & C.E.
(75) For a state model X  AX , where
1 0  AA [ESE-EE-2010]
A   , the state transition matrix is (79) The system matrix of a continuous time
1 1 
0 1
te  t 0 0 t  system is given by A =   . Then the
(A)  t  (B)  t 3 5
e et  e t et  characteristic equation is
 et 0 t 0 2
(A) s  5s 3  0
2
(B) s  3s 5  0
(C)  t  (D)  2
t e et  t et  2 2
(C) s  3s  5  0 (D) s  s  2  0

AC[ESE-EC-2000] AA [ESE-EE-2011]
(76) Consider the following equations for the state (80) The state variable description of a linear
transition matrix of the linear time-invariant autonomous system is x  A x , where x is
continuous time system ‘ (t ) ’: the two-dimensional state vector and A is
given by
1. (t )  [(t )]1
 0 2
2. [(t )]k  (t k ) for any positive integer A=  
‘k’. 2 0 
3. (t  t0 )  (t ) ( t0 ) for any constant The poles of the system are located at
t0 . (A) – 2 and + 2 (B) 2 j and 2 j
Which of these equations correctly define the (C)  2 and  2 (D) 2 j and  2
properties of the given system?
AB[ESE-EE-2017]
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2 (81) A dynamic system is described by the
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 2 and 3 following equations :
0 1 0
AB[GATE-EC-1988-IITKGP] X    X    u and Y  [10 0] u
(77) Given the following state-space description of  3 4  1
a system
Then the transfer function relating Y and u is
 x1  2 0   x1  0 given by
 x    0 4  x   1 u
 2   2   Y ( s) 10 s
(A)  2
x  u( s) s  4s  3
y  [1 0]  1 
 x2  Y ( s) 10
Find the state-transition matrix. (B)  2
u( s) s  4s  3
AA [GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP] Y ( s) s
(78) A linear system is described by the following (C)  2
u(s ) s  2s  1
state equation
 0 1 Y ( s) s
X (t )  AX (t )  BU (t ), A =  . (D)  2
 1 0  u ( s) s  3s  1
The state-transition matrix of the system is AA[GATE-EC-2015-IITK]
 cos t sin t  (82) A network is described by the state model as
(A)  
  sin t cos t  x1  2x1  x2  3u
  cos t sin t 
(B)  
  sin t  cos t  x2   4x2  u
  cos t  sin t 
(C)   y  3x1  2x2
  sin t cos t 
cos t  sin t   Y (s) 
(D)  
cos t sin t  The transfer function H (s)    is :
 U (s) 
********

www.targate.org Page 157

CONTROL SYSTEM
11s  35 11s  35 AA [GATE-EE-1995-IITK]
(A) (B)
( s  2)( s  4) ( s  2)( s  4) (86) A system is described by the state

11s  38 11s  38 equation X  AX  BU . The output is given
(C) (D)
( s  2)( s  4) ( s  2)( s  4) by Y  C X
 4 1 1 
2(2 s  1) ( s  4) Where A =   B =   C = 1 0 
 [GATE-IN-1992-IITD]  3 1 1 
( s  1)( s  2) ( s  3) 2
(83) Consider two single input single output Transfer function G(s) of the system is
systems with state and output equations as s 1
(A) (B)
given below : 2
s  5s  7 2
s  5s  7
System 1 : s 1
 x1   0 1   x1   0  (C) 2
(D) 2
s  3s  2 s  3s  2
 x    2 3   x    2  u1 (t )
 2   2  
AB [GATE-EE-2006-IITKGP]
System 2 : (87) For a system with the transfer function H(s) =
 x3   3 1   x3   0  3( s  2)
 x    0 3  x    1  u2 (t ) , the matrix A in the state
 4   4   s  4s 2  2 s  1
3


x 
y2 [1 1]  3  space form X  AX  BU is equal to
 x4 
1 0 0 0 1 0
The two systems are connected in cascade by
applying the output of system 1 to system 2, (A)  0 1 0  (B)  0 0 1 
   
 1 2 4   1 2 4 
that is by making u2 (t )  y1 (t ) . Determine    
the transfer function of the combined system. 0 1 0 1 0 0
AA [GATE-IN-2007-IITK] (C)  3 2 1  (D)  0 0 1 
(84) Consider the following standard state-space  1 2 4   1 2 4 
   
description of a linear time-invariant single
input single output system : AA [GATE-EE-1993-IITB]
x  Ax  Bu, y  Cx  Du . Which one of the (88) The transfer function for the state variable
following statements about the transfer representation
function cannot be true if D  0 ? 
X  AX  BU, Y  CX  DU ,
(A) The system is unstable
is given by
(B) The system is strictly proper (A) D  C ( sI  A) 1 B
(C) The system is low pass (B) B ( sI  A) 1 C  D
(D) The system is of type zero (C) D ( sI  A) 1 B  C
ANSWER : (D) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR] (D) C ( sI  A) 1 D  B
(85) The transfer function of the system Y(s)/U(s)
whose state-space equations are given below AB [GATE-IN-2005-IITB]
is: (89) A single input single output linear system is
dx
 x 1  t   1 2  x1  t   1  described by the equations  Ax  Bu and
       ut dt
 x 2  t    2 0  x 2  t   2  y  cx  du , where A is an [n  n ] matrix and
x and b are [n 1] vectors. The transfer
 x t
y  t   1 0  1  function is given by
x 2  t  1
(A) c[sI  A] b
(A)
s  2 (B)
s  2
1
s 2
 2s  2  s 2
 s  4 (B) c[sI  A] b  d

 s  4 s  4 (C) c[ sI  A]b
(C) (D)
s 2
 s  4 s 2
 s  4 (D) c[ sI  A]b  d

Page 158 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
AD [GATE-EC-2002-IISc]  x1   4 1  x1  1
(90) The transfer function Y(s)/U(s) of a system  x    3 1  x   1 u ,
described by the state equations  2   2  
x (t )  2 x(t )  2u (t ) x 
y  1 0  1  is :
y (t )  0.5 x(t ) is :  x2 
s 2s
0.5 1 (A) (B)
(A) (B) s 2  5s  1 s 2  5s  1
( s  2) ( s  2)
3s 4s
(C) (D)
0.5 1 s 2  5s  1 s 2  5s  1
(C) (D)
s2 s2 AA[ESE-EE-2001]
AA[ESE-EE-2019] (95) The system matrix of a discrete system is
(91) Transfer function of discrete time system given by
derived from state model is given by 0 1
A=  
(A) C ( zI  A)1 B  D(b) 3 5
(B) C ( zI  A)1 D  B The characteristic equation is given by
2
(C) B( zI  A) 1 D  C (d ) (A) z  5z  3  0
2
(B) z  3z  5  0
(D) D( zI  A) 1 B  C
2
(C) z  3z  5  0
AB [GATE-IN-2017-IITR] 2
(92) A system is described by the following (D) z  z  2  0
differential equation :
AA [ESE-EE-2002]
dy  t  dx  t  (96) The state-space representation in phase-
 2y  t    x  t  ,x  0  y  0  0 variable form for the transfer function
dt dt
Where x(t) and y(t) are the input and output 2s  1
variables respectively. The transfer function G(s) = 2
is :
s  7s  9
of the inverse system is
s 1 s2 0 1 0
(A) (B) (A) x    x    u; y  [1 2]x
s2 s 1  9 7  1 
s 1 s 1 1 0 0
(C) (D)
s2 s2 (B) x    x    u; y  0 1 x
 9 7  1 
AA [GATE-EE-2015-IITK]  9 2  0 
(93) For the system governed by the set of (C) x    x    u; y   2 0 x
equations :  0 7  1 
dx1  9 2  0 
 2 x1  x2  u (D) x    x    u; y  1 2 x
dt  1 0 1 
dx2 AB [ESE-EE-2003]
 2 x1  u
dt (97) Consider the following statements with
y  3 x1 respect to a system represented by its state-
space model
Y (s)
The transfer function
U (s)
is given by X  AX  Bu and Y  CX
1. The static vector X of the system is
3(s  1) 3(2s  1)
(A) (B) unique.
(s2  2s  2) ( s 2  2s  1)
2. The Eigen values of A are the poles of
(s  1) 3(2s  1) the system transfer function.
(C) 2
(D)
( s  2s  1) (s2  2s  2) 3. The minimum number of state variables
required is equal to the number of
AA [GATE-IN-2011-IITM] independent energy storage elements in
(94) The transfer function of the system described the system.
by the state-space equations
www.targate.org Page 159
CONTROL SYSTEM
Which of these statements are correct?  0 2
system matrix given by A =   . The
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and 3 2 0
(C) 1 and 3 (D) 1, 2 and 3 roots of the characteristic equation are
AA [GATE-EC-2018-IITG] (A) 2 and  2 (B)  j 2 and  j 2
(98) The state equation and the output equation of
(C) 2 and  2 (D)  2 and  2
a control system are given below:
4 1.5  2 AA [GATE-EC-2007-IITK]
x   x u
4 0  0  (102) The state space representation of a separately
exited DC servo motor dynamics is given as
y  1.5 0.625 x .  d
 dt   1 1      0 
The transfer function representation of the         u.
system is  dia   1 10   ia  10 
 dt 
3s  5 3s  1.875
(A) (B) Where  is the speed of the motor, ia is the
s 2  4s  6 s 2  4s  6
armature current and u is the armature
4 s  1.5
(C) 2
(D) None (s)
s  4s  6 voltage. The transfer function of the
U (s)
AA [GATE-IN-2008-IISc] motor is :
(99) The state space representation of a system is
10 1
0 1  1  (A) 2 (B) 2
given by x    x    u, y  1 0 x. s  11s  11 s  11s  11
0 3  0 10 s  10 1
(C) 2 (D) 2
Y (s) s  11s  11 s  s  11
The transfer function of the system will
U(s)
AA [GATE-IN-2003-IITM]
be : (103) For a dynamic system, various matrices for a
state space model are given by A =
1 1
(A) (B) 0 1  0
S s(s  3) 2 3 , B = 1 and C = 1 0 . The
1    
1
(C) (D) system poles are located at
s 3 s2
(A) -2, -1 (B) -2, -3
AB [GATE-IN-2004-IITD]
(100) A state space representation for the transfer (C) -3, -1 (D) -1, 0
Y ( s) s6 AB [GATE-IN-2009-IITR]
function  2 is :
U (s) s  5s  6 (104) A linear time – invariant single – input single
x  Ax  Bu – output system has a state space model given
by
y  Cx
dx
0 1 0  Fx  Gu; y  Hx
Where A =   , B =   and the value dt
6 5 1
of C is 0 1 0
Where F    ; G    ; H  1 0
1 4 2 1
(A) (B) 6 1
2 Here x is the state vector, u is the input, and y
is the output.
 1 2
(C)   (D) 1  5 The damping ratio of the system is
1 0
(A) 0.25 (B) 0.5
AA [GATE-EE-2004-IITD] (C) 1 (D) 2
(101) The state variable description of a linear
 AC [GATE-IN-2000-IITKGP]
autonomous system is, X  AX , where X is (105) The characteristic roots of the system
the two dimensional state vector and A is the dx dy
described as  y,   x are at
dt dt

Page 160 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 12 - STATE SPACE ANALYSIS
(A) +1, +1 (B) –1, +1
(C) –j, +j (D) None of these

AA [GATE-EE-2019-IITM]
(106) Consider a state-variable model of a system
 x1   0 1   x1   0 
 x     2   x      r
 2   2  
x 
y  [1 0]  1 
 x2 
where y is the output, and r is the input. The
damping ratio  and the undamped natural
frequency  n (rad/sec) of the system are
given by

(A)   ; n  


(B)    ; n 

(C)   ; n  

(D)   ; n  


ANSWER : (D) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]

(107) A second order LTI system is described by
the following state equations
d
x1 (t )  x2 (t )  0
dt
d
x2 (t )  2 x1 (t )  3x2 (t )  r (t )
dt
where x1 ( t ) and x 2 ( t ) are the two state
variables and r(t) denotes the input. The
output c (t )  x1 (t ) . The system is :
(A) undamped (oscillatory)
(B) underdamped
(C) critically damped
(D) overdamped

AB[ESE-EE-2015]
(108) The state-variable formulation of a system is
x  Ax  Bu; y  1 0 x
where
 3 1   2
A , B 
 0 2  1 
The system transsfer function would be
s2 2s  5
(A) 2
(B) 2
s  5s  6 s  5s  6
2s  5 s 1
(C) 2 (D) 2
s  5s  6 s  5s  6
----000-----

www.targate.org Page 161

CONTROL SYSTEM

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
A
A C B D D C C A A
B
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
A C B A C A C A B A
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
A D B D A C B D D A
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
* * D * * C A C B C
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
C A C B D B B B C C
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
B A B D B A A B –3 A
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
A C B C B C A B C A
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
B D A C C C B A A A
81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90.
B A * A D A B A B D
91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100.
A B A A A A B A A B
101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108.
A A A B C A D B

2
31.
( s  2)
32. 5.9 to 6.1
34. 1.280 to 1.287
35. 4.99 to 5.01
2(2 s  1) ( s  4)
83. 
( s  1)( s  2) ( s  3) 2

Page 162 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 13
Controller/Compensators
COMPENSATOR IDENTIFICATION (C) Both C1 and C2 are lead compensator
(D) Both C1 and C2 are lag compensator
[GATE-EE-1994-IITKGP]
(1) The pole– zero configuration of a phase lead AD [GATE-EC-1990-IISc]
compensator is given by (3) The transfer function of a simple RC network
functioning as a controller is:
s  z1
GC (s)  The condition for the RC
s  p1
(A) network to act as a phase lead controller is:
(A) p1  z1 (B) p1  0
(C) p1  z1 (D) p1  z1

AA [GATE-EE-2003-IITM]
(4) A lead compensator used for a closed loop
(B) controller has the following transfer function
 s
K 1  
 a
 s
1  
 b
For such a lead compensator
(C)
(A) a < b (B) b < a

(C) a > Kb (D) a < Kb

AD [ESE-EE-2007]
(5) The pole– zero plots shown in the figure is
that of which one of the following?
(D)

AA [GATE-EE-2008-IISc]
(2) The transfer function of two compensators is
given below:
(A) Integrator
10(s  1) (s  10)
C1  , C2  (B) PD controller
(s  10) 10(s  1)
(C) PID controller
Which one of the following statements is
(D) Lag– led compensator
correct ?
(A) C1 is lead compensator and C2 is a lag AC [ESE-EC-2010]
compensator (6) Which one of the following represents the
pole– zero location in the s– plane for lead–
(B) C1 is a lag compensator and C2 is a lead compensator?
compensator

www.targate.org Page 163

CONTROL SYSTEM

(A)

(A) lag compensator

(B) lag-lead compensator

(B) (C) P-D compensator

(D) lead compensator
AD[ESE-EC-1999]
(9) If the transfer function of a phase lead
compensator is (s + a)/(s + b) and that of a lag
compensator is (s + p)/(s + q), then which one
(C) of the following sets of conditions must be
satisfied?
(A) a > b and p > q
(B) a > b and p < q
(C) a < b and p < q
(D) a < b and p > q
(D)
AB[ESE-EC-2001]
(10) The transfer function of a phase lead network
AB[ESE-EC-2019] can be written as
(7) For a lead compensator having transfer 1  sT
function (A) ;  1
1  sT
 1
( s  zc ) s  (B)
1  sT
;  1

Gc ( s)    1  sT
( s  pc )  1 
s   (1  sT )
   (C) ;  1
1  sT  T
zc
1.  1 (1  sT )
pc (D) ; 1
(1  sT )
zc
2.  1
pc AB
(11) The transfer function given below
3. 0
1  R2C 2 s
4. 0 Gc ( s )  , Represents
1  ( R1  R2 )C 2 s
Which of the above are correct?
(A) Lead – network
(A) 1 and 4 (B) 1 and 3
(B) lag– network
(C) 2 and 4 (D) 2 and 3
(C) lag– lead network
AB[ESE-EC-2018] (D) feed– back network
(8) The pole-zero configuration of the transfer
function of a compensator and the AC [ESE-EC-2014]
corresponding Bode plot are shown in the (12) Two compensators have transfer functions :
figure. The configuration is indicative of 5(s  10) (s  50)
G1 (s)  and G2 (s) 
(s  50) 5(s  10)
respectively
(A) Both are lag
(B) Both are lead
(C) G1 is lead and G2 is lag
(D) G1 is lag and G2 is lead

Page 164 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 13 – CONTROLLER / COMPENSATORS
AB [GATE-EC-2008-IISc] MAXIMUM PHASE LEAD / LAG
(13) The pole– zero plot given below corresponds
to a AB
(17) The transfer function of a lead compensation
network is given below:
The mid– corner frequency is given by
α(1  sT )
Gc (s) 
(1  sαT )
1 1
(A) m  (B) m 
αT T α
(A) Low pass filter
1
(C)  m  αT (D)  
(B) High pass filter α T
(C) Band pass filter AD[ESE-EC-2001 & ESE-EE-2001]
(18) The transfer function of phase-lead
(D) Notch filter
1  aTs
compensator is given by G(s)  ,
AC[ESE-EE-2016] 1  Ts
(14) An R-C network has the transfer functions: where T  0 , a  1 . What is the maximum
s 2  10 s  24 phase shift provided by this compensator?
Gc ( s)  2
s  10s  16
 a 1  a 1
(A) tan 1   (B) tan 1  
The network could be used as  a 1  a 1
1. lead compensator
 a 1   a 1
2. lag compensator (C) cos 1   (D) sin 1  
 a 1  a 1
3. lag-lead compensator
AD [ESE-EE-2001]
Which of the above is/are, correct? (19) The transfer function of a phase lead
(A) 1 only (B) 2 only 1  aTs
compensator is given by where a > 1
(C) 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3 1  Ts
and T > 0. The maximum phase shift
AD[ESE-EE-2015] provided by such a compensator is
(15) For the following network to work as lag  a 1  a 1 
compensator, the value of R2 should be : (A) tan 1   (B) tan 1  
 a 1   a 1
 a 1  a 1
(C) sin 1   (D) sin 1  
 a 1  a 1
AD[ESE-EC-2019]
(20) The attenuation (magnitude) produced by a
(A) R2  20  (B) R2  10  lead compensator at the frequency of
maximum phase lead m  ab is
R12C
(C) R2 C  (D) Any value of R2 b
2 (A) (B) ab
a
AA[ESE-EC-2017]
(16) For a lead compensator, whose transfer a
(C) ba (D)
sa b
function is given by K ; a, b  0 .
s b AD [GATE-EC-1998-IITD]
(A) a  b (B) a  b (21) The transfer function of a phase lead
(C) a  Kb (D) a  0 controller is
1  3Ts
. The maximum value of phase
******** 1  Ts
provided
by this controller is :

www.targate.org Page 165

CONTROL SYSTEM

(A) 900 (B) 600 (A) 2 rad/s (B) 3 rad/s

0 0
(C) 45 (D) 30
(C) 6 rad/s (D) 1/ 3 rad/s
AD [GATE-EE-2000-IITKGP]
(0.5s  1) A0.30 to 0.33 [GATE-EE-2016-IISc]
(22) D(s) = Maximum phase lead of (28) For the network shown in the figure below,
(0.05s  1) the frequency (in rad/s) at which the
the compensator is : maximum phase lag occurs is, __________.
(A) 52 deg at 4 rad/sec
(B) 52 deg at 10 rad/sec
(C) 55 deg at 12 rad/sec
(D) None of the answers is correct
AD [GATE-EC-2006-IITKGP]
(23) The transfer function of a phase– lead AB[ESE-EE-2017]
compensator is given by (29) A phase-lead network has its transfer function
1  3Ts (1  0.04 s)
G(s) = , where T > 0. GC ( s )  . What is the frequency at
1  Ts (1  0.01s)
The maximum phase shift provided by such a which the maximum phase-lead occurs?
compensator is
(A) 25 rad/sec (B) 50 rad/sec
(A)  / 2 (B)  / 3
(C) 75 rad/sec (D) 100 rad/sec
(C)  / 4 (D)  / 6
ANSWER : (A) [GATE-EE-2017-IITR]
AA[ESE-EE-2018] (30) The transfer function C(s) of a compensator is
(24) A transfer function of a compensator is given below.
(1  3sT )  s  s 
. The maximum possible phase shift
(1  sT ) 1   1  
0.1  100 
C ( s)  
is  s 
(1  s) 1  
(A) 300 (B) 450  10 
(C) 600 (D) 900 The frequency range in which the phase
(lead) introduced by the compensator reaches
AC [ESE-EC-2013] the maximum is
(25) The network having transfer function,
s (A) 0.1    1 (B) 1    10
1
G(s)  4 will provide maximum phase (C) 10    100 (D)   100
s
1
25 AD[ESE-EC-2016]
lead at a frequency of : (31) A phase lead compensator has its transfer
(A) 4 rad/sec (B) 25 rad/sec 1  0.5s
(C) 10 rad/sec (D) 100 rad/sec function, Gc (s )  . The maximum
1  0.05s
Statement for Linked Answer Questions for Next phase lead and the corresponding frequency,
two Questions : respectively are nearly
The transfer function of a compensator is given as (A) sin 1 (0.9) and 6 r/s
sa (B) sin 1 (0.82) and 4 r/s
Gc ( s ) 
sb
(C) sin 1 (0.9) and 4 r/s
AA [GATE-IN-2012-IITD]
(26) Gc ( s) is a lead compensator if (D) sin 1 (0.82) and 6 r/s
(A) a = 1, b = 2 (B) a = 3, b = 2 AC[ESE-EC-1999]
(C) a = –3, b = –1 (D) a = 3, b = 1 (32) The compensator
5(1  0.3s)
AA [GATE-IN-2012-IITD]
GC (s ) 
1  0.1s
(27) The phase of the above lead compensator is
maximum at would provide a maximum phase shift of

Page 166 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 13 – CONTROLLER / COMPENSATORS

(A) 20 0 (B) 450 AA

(38) The lead compensation network is considered
(C) 30 0 (D) 60 0 to be
AB [GATE-EE-2019-IITM] (A) High pass filter
(33) The transfer function of a phase lead (B) low pass filter
compensator is given by
(C) Equalizer
 1 
3 s   (D) none
3T
D (s )  
 1 ANSWER : (D) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
s   (39) Which of the following statements is
 T
incorrect?
The frequency (in rad/sec), at which D ( j)
is maximum, is : (A) Lead compensator is used to reduce the
settling time.
3
(A) (B) 3T 2 (B) lag compensator is used to reduce the
T2 steady state error.
1 (C) Lead compensator may increase the
(C) (D) 3T order of a system.
3T 2
(D) Lag compensator always stabilizes an
AA[ESE-EC-2015] unstable system.
(34) The transfer function of a controller is
1  3s AB[ESE-EE-2019]
GC (s)  . The maximum phase control (40) The lag system of a ‘lag-lead compensator’
1 s
has one pole and one zero. Then pole and
provided by this controller is
zero are
(A) 30 0 lead (B) 30 0 lag
(A) Real and pole is to the left of zero.
(C) 45 0 lead (D) 45 0 lag (B) Real and pole is to the right of zero.
(C) Imaginary and pole is above zero.
******** (D) Imaginary and pole is below zero.
AA[ESE-EE-2016]
COMPENSATOR (ADDITIONAL) (41) Statement (I) : n type-0 and type-1 systems,
AB [GATE-EE-1998-IITD] stable operation is possible if gain is suitably
(35) The phase leads compensations used to reduced.
(A) Increase rise time and decrease Statement (II) : Any one of the
overshoot compensators lag, lead, lag-lead may be used
(B) Decrease both rise time and overshoot to improve the performance.
(C) Increase both rise time and overshoot Codes :
(D) Decrease rise time and increase (A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are
overshoot individually true and Statement (II) is
the correct explanation of Statement (I).
AB
(36) The lag– compensation has a (B) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are
individually true but Statement (II) is not
(A) Zero nearer to the origin the correct explanation of Statement (I).
(B) Pole nearer to the origin
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is
(C) Pole at the origin false.
(D) Zero at the origin (D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II)
AA is true.
(37) The lag– compensator AA[ESE-EE-2015]
(A) Decreases the bandwidth (42) Phase lead compensation
(B) Increases the bandwidth (A) increase bandwidth and increase steady-
state error
(C) Does not affect the bandwidth
(D) Increases steady state error (B) decreases bandwidth and decreases
steady-state error

www.targate.org Page 167

CONTROL SYSTEM
(C) will not affect bandwidth but decreases Which of the above statements are correct?
steady-state error
(A) 1, 2 and 3 only
(D) increases bandwidth but will not affect
(B) 1, 2 and 4 only
steady-state error
(C) 2, 3 and 4 only
AB[ESE-EE-2017]
(43) A linear time-invariant control system with (D) 1, 2, 3 and 4
unsatisfactory steady state error is to be
AA
compensated. Which is/are the correct type of
(47) The phase lag– lead network shifts the phase
cascade compensation to be provided? of a control signal in order that the output
1. Lead phase
2. Lag
(A) Lags at low frequencies and leads at
3. Lag-lead
high frequencies
Select the correct answer using the codes
given below: (B) Leads at low frequencies and lags at
high frequencies
(A) 1 only (B) 2 only
(C) becomes independent of frequencies
(C) 3 only (D) 1, 2 and 3
(D) leads at all frequencies
AD[ESE-EC-2016]
AD [ESE-EC-2004]
(44) Consider the following statements:
(48) The effects of phase lead compensator on
1. Lead compensation decreases the
gain cross– over frequency ( eg ) and the
bandwidth of the system.
bandwidth (BW) are that
2. Lag compensation increases the (A) Both are decreased
bandwidth of the system
(B) eg is decreased but BW is increased
Which of the above statements is/are correct?
(C) eg is increased but BW is decreased
(A) 1 only (B) 2 only
(D) Both are increased
(C) Both 1 and 2 (D) Neither 1 nor 2
AB [ESE-EC-2005]
AA[ESE-EC-2015]
(49) What is the effect of phase– lag compensation
(45) Statement (I) : Lead compensation is used to
on the performance of a servo system?
improve system stability margins.
(A) For a given relative stability, the velocity
Statement (II) : Lead compensation achieves
constant is increased.
the desired result through the merits of its (B) For a given relative stability, the velocity
phase lead contribution. constant is decreased.
(A) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are (C) Bandwidth of the system is increased.
individually true and Statement (II) is the (D) Time response is made faster.
correct explanation of Statement (I). AC [GATE-EC-2007-IITK]
(B) Both Statements (I) and Statement (II) are (50) The open– loop transfer function of a plant is
individually true but Statement (II) is not 1
given as G(s) = 2 . If the plant is
the correct explanation of Statement (I). s 1
operated in a unity feedback configuration,
(C) Statement (I) is true but Statement (II) is then the lead compensator that can stabilize
false. this control system is
(D) Statement (I) is false but Statement (II) is 10( s  1) 10(s  4)
(A) (B)
true. s2 s2
A*[ESE-EC-2015] 10(s  2) 2(s  2)
(46) Consider the following statements: (C) (D)
s  10 s  10
The effect of phase lead network is given as
AB
1. Increased velocity constant.
(51) With regard to the filtering property, the lead
2. Increased phase margin. compensator and the lag compensator are,
respectively
3. Increased bandwidth.
(A) Low pass and high pass filters
4. Slower response. (B) High pass and low pass filters

Page 168 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 13 – CONTROLLER / COMPENSATORS
(C) Both high pass filters natural frequency, n  5 rad/s. Which one
(D) Both low pass filters of the following compensator Ge(s) will be
suitable?
AD [ESE-EE-2007]
(52) Which of the following are the characteristics
s3 s  9.9
(A) (B)
of a phase– lead controller? s  9.9 s3
1. When used properly it can increase the s 6 s6
damping of the system. (C) (D)
s  8.33 s
2. It improves rise time.
AB [ESE-EC-2002]
3. It improves settling time (57) Consider following statements regarding a
phase– lead compensator:
4. It affects the steady state error.
1. It increases bandwidth of the system.
Select the correct answer using the code
given below: 2. It helps in reducing the steady state error
due to ramp input.
(A) 1, 2 and 4 (B) 1, 3 and 4
3. It reduces overshoot due to step input.
(C) 2, 3 and 4 (D) 1, 2 and 3 Which of the above statements is/are correct?
AA [ESE-EE-2009] (A) 1 and 2 (B) 1 and 3
(53) Consider the following statements: (C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 alone
1. Bandwidth is increased.
2. Peak overshoot in the step response is AA [ESE-EE-2009]
increased. (58) A network function Z(s) = V ( s ) has a single
I (s)
Which of these are the effects of using lead
compensation in a feedback system? pole at s =  1 and a single zero s   3 . If
3
(A) 1 only
the excitation υ ( t ) = sin t , then what is the
(B) 2 only angle of lead or lag of the current?
(C) Both 1 and 2
(A) Lead the voltage by 30 0
(D) neither 1 nor 2
(B) Lag the voltage by 30 0
AA [ESE-EC-2013] (C) Lead the voltage by 90 0
(54) By adding zero to the system transfer
function, the improvement to transient (D) Lag the voltage by 900 A-f,B
response is called as : AC [GATE-IN-2006-IITKGP]
(A) Phase lead compensation (59) The transfer function of a position servo
(B) Phase lag compensation 1
system is given as G ( s )  . A first
(C) Phase lag and phase lead compensation s ( s  1)
(D) Phase lead and phase lag compensation order compensator is designed in a unity
feedback configuration so that the poles of
AA [ESE-EE-2013] the compensated system are placed at 1  j1
(55) An effect of Phase-lag compensation on and –4. The transfer function of the
servo-system performance is that compensated system is :
(A) For a give relative stability, the velocity s3 2s  3
constant is increased. (A) (B)
2( s  3) s5
(B) For a given relative stability, the velocity
constant is decreased. 5( s  1.6) 3(2 s  3)
(C) (D)
(C) The bandwidth of the system is s5 s4
increased
(D) The time response of the system is made ********
faster
AA [GATE-EC-2005-IITB]
K
(56) A double integrator plant, G(s) = 2 , H(s) =
s
1 is to be compensated to achieve the
damping ratio  = 0.5 and an undamped

www.targate.org Page 169

CONTROL SYSTEM

NOT IN GATE SYLLABUS (A) derivative of the error signals

(B) integral of the error signals
CONTROLLERS HAVE BEEN REMOVED
FROM GATE SINCE 2018 ONWARDS (C) steady-state error
AC (D) a constant which is a function of the
(60) The transfer function of an integral system type
compensator is given by
AB[ESE-EC-2016]
1 1 (65) The controller which is highly sensitive to
(A) (B) 2
s s noise is
(A) PI
K
(C) (D) K s (B) PD
s
(C) Both PI and PD
AB [GATE-EE-1997-IITM]
(61) Introduction of integral action in the forward (D) Neither PI nor PD
path of a unity feedback system results in a AA[ESE-EC-2000]
(A) Marginally stability (66) Consider the following statements:
(B) System with no steady state error A proportional plus derivative controller
(C) System with increased stability margin
1. has high sensitivity
(D) System with better speed of response
2. increase the stability of the system
AB[ESE-EE-2017]
(62) What is the effect on the natural frequency 3. improves the steady-state accuracy
(n ) and damping factor () in the control Which of these statements are correct?
systems when derivative compensation is
(A) 1, 2 and 3
used?
(A) n increases and  decreases (B) 1 and 2

(B) n remains unchanged and  increases (C) 2 and 3

(D) 1 and 3
(C) n remains unchanged and  decreases
AA
(D) n decreases and  increases (67) Without affecting steady state error the
maximum overshoot can be decreased by
AA[ESE-EC-2017] incorporating.
(63) Consider the following statements regarding a (A) Derivative error control
PID controller:
(B) Integral error control
1. The error is multiplied by a negative (for
(C) Gain adjustment
reverse action) proportional constant P,
(D) Proportional error control
and added to the current output.
AC [ESE-EC-2005]
2. The error is integrated (averaged) over a
(68) Which one of the following is an advantage
period of time, and then divided by a of a PD controller in terms of damping Ration
constant I, and added to the current
and natural frequency (  n ), if K P is kept
control output.
unity?
3. The rate of change of the error is (A) Damping Ration Remains fixed but  n
calculated with respect to time, increases
multiplied by another constant D, and (B) Damping Ration Remains fixed but  n
added to the output. decreases
Which of the above statements are correct? (C)  n Remains fixed but damping Ration
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 3 only increases
(C) 1 and 2 only (D) 2 and 3 only (D)  n Remains fixed but damping Ration
decreases
AA[ESE-EC-2017]
(64) For derivative control action, the actuating AB [GATE-IN-2001-IITK]
signal consists of proportional error signal (69) A second order feedback system is found to
with addition of be oscillating with a high frequency.

Page 170 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 13 – CONTROLLER / COMPENSATORS
(A) Can be reduced by increasing the AB [ESE-EC-2008]
proportional action (74) The input to a controller is
(B) Can be reduced by increasing the (A) Input reference signal
integral action (B) error signal
(C) Can be reduced by increasing the (C) desired variable value
derivative action
(D) signal of fixed amplitude not dependent
(D) Cannot be reduced
on desired variable value
AC [GATE-IN-2002-IISc]
AB [ESE-EC-2014]
(70) An integral control is used to
(75) A proportional plus derivative controller
(A) Improve the transient response
1. has high sensitivity.
(B) Reduce the offset
2. increases the stability of the system.
(C) Eliminate the offset
3. improves the steady-state accuracy.
(D) Reduce the settling time
Which of the above statements are correct
AA [ESE-EC-2006] (A) 1, 2 and 3
(71) Which one of the following is a disadvantage
(B) 1 and 2 only
of proportional controller?
(A) It destabilises the system (C) 1 and 3 only
(D) 2 and 3 only
(B) It produces offset
(C) It makes response faster AC [ESE-EC-2014]
(76) Which one of the following is the transfer
(D) It has very simple implementation function of the PI-controller ?
AD [ESE-EE-2005] (k1 s  k2 )
(A) G( s) 
(72) Consider the following statements k3
A first order system with a proportional
(k1s  k2 s  k3 )
controller exhibits and offset to a step input. (B) G(s) 
In order to reduce the offset, it is necessary to k4 s
1. Increase the gain of proportional (k1 s  k2 )
(C) G( s) 
controller k3 s
2. Add a derivative mode k1 s
(D) G ( s) 
3. Add an integral mode k2 s

Select the correct answer using the codes AC [GATE-EC-2003-IITM]

given below (77) A PD controller is used to compensate a
Codes: system. Compared to the uncompensated
system, the compensated system has
(A) 1, 2 and 3 (B) 1 and 2
(A) A higher type number
(C) 2 and 3 (D) 1 and 3
(B) Reduced damping
AD [ESE-EC-2009] (C) Higher noise amplification
(73) The transfer function of a controller is given
as (D) Larger transient overshoot
K AB [GATE-IN-1997-IITM]
K p  Kd .s  i
s (78) The transfer function of a basic PD controller
is given by (K’s are real constants)
Where K p , K d and Ki are constants. K
(A) K0  1  K2 s (B) K 0  K 2 s
What type of controller is this? s

(A) Proportional K1
(C) K 1 s  K 2 s (D) K0 
s
(B) Proportional plus derivative
AA[ESE-EC-1999]
(C) Proportional plus integral
(79) The transfer function G( s) of a PID
(D) Proportional plus integral plus derivative controller is :

www.targate.org Page 171

CONTROL SYSTEM

 1  (C) amplitude increases linearly with

(A) K 1   Td s  frequency
 Ti s 
(D) amplitude decreases linearly with
(B) K 1  Ti s  Td s  frequency

 1 1  AD [GATE-IN-1992-IITD]
(C) K 1   
 Ti s Td s  (84) A temperature control system is usually very
sluggish. To improve its dynamics
 1  (A) a PI controller can be used
(D) K 1  Ti s  
 Tds (B) an I controller can be used
AC [ESE-EC-2011] (C) a PID controller with large I and a
(80) negligible D action can be used
(D) a PD controller can be used

AB [GATE-IN-1993-IITB]
(85) A first order system with a proportional
controller exhibits an offset to step input. The
offset can be reduced by
The circuit diagram of a controller is given in (A) increasing the gain
figure. What type of controller is this? (B) adding integral mode
(A) Derivative
(C) adding derivative gain
(B) Integral
(C) Proportional (D) decreasing the gain
(D) Proportional+ integral
AC [GATE-IN-2002-IISc]
AA [GATE-IN-2009-IITR] (86) A transfer function of a PID controller is
2 1
(81) A plant with a transfer function is given by G ( s )  4  1  
 0.5 s  , as 
s ( s  3)  2s 
controlled by a PI controller with Kp = 1 and tends to infinity
Ki  0 in a unity feedback configuration. (A) magnitude of G( j) tends to zero and
The lowest value of Ki that ensures zero phase angle of G( j) tends to infinity
steady state error for a step change in the
reference input is (B) magnitude of G( j) tends to infinity
1 and phase angle of G( j) tends to zero
(A) 0 (B)
3
1 (C) magnitude of G( j) tends to infinity
(C) (D) 1 and phase angle of G( j) tends to +900.
2
AB [GATE-IN-1999-IITB] (D) magnitude of G( j) tends to zero and
(82) A first order system with a proportional phase angle of G( j) tends to +900.
controller in the negative feedback loop has
an offset to a step input. This offset can be AD [GATE-IN-2003-IITM]
eliminated by (87) A PID controller has the transfer function
(A) Adding a derivative mode to the 0.4
controller 2 with the unit of time expressed in
s
(B) Adding an integral mode to the minutes. The parameters proportional band
controller and reset time for the above controller are
(C) Decreasing the magnitude of the gain of respectively
the proportional controller
(A) 200% and 0.4 min
(D) Adding a delay in the controller loop
(B) 50% and 0.4 min
(AC [GATE-EE-1997-IITM]
(83) A differentiator has transfer function whose (C) 200% and 5 min
(A) phase increases linearly with frequency
(D) 50% and 5 min
(B) amplitude remains constant

Page 172 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 13 – CONTROLLER / COMPENSATORS
AC [GATE-IN-2004-IITD] for which the disturbance response at the
(88) The proportional band of a PI controller is output y(t) is zero mean, is
50% and the reset time is 0.2 s. The transfer
function of the controller is given by
(A) 50  1  1  (B) 50  1  1 
 0.2s   5s 
1 1
(C) 2  1   (D) 2  1  
 0.2s   s  (A) 1 (B) –1

AB [GATE-IN-2006-IITKGP] (C) 2 (D) –2

(89) The control action recommended for reducing
the effect of disturbance signal is measurable) AA[ESE-EE-2018]
is : (93) What is the error-rate factor Ke to yield a
(A) cascade control damping factor of 0.5 for the system shown in
the block diagram?
(B) P-D control
(C) ratio control
(D) feedback-feedforward control

Common Data for Next Two Questions : (A) 0.116 (B) 0.232
A disturbance input d(t) is injected into the unity (C) 0.284 (D) 0.332
feedback control loop shown in the figure. Take the
AC[ESE-EE-2018]
reference input r(t) to be a unit step.
(94) Compensation derived from the P-D network
whose differential equation is governed by
 de 
e0  20  ei  T i  as shown in the figure is
 dt 
to be investigated. For what value of T will be
closed-loop response be critically damped?
AD [GATE-IN-2009-IITR]
(90) If the disturbance is measureable, its effect on
the output can be minimized significantly
using a feedforward controller Gff (s) . To
(A) 1.612 (B) 0.806
eliminate the component of the output due to
(C) 0.306 (D) 0.161
d ( t )  sin t . G ff ( j) |  should be
1 3 1  AB[ESE-EC-2018]
(A)  (B)  (95) The transfer function G(s) of a PID controller
2 4 2 4 is
 (A) K1  K 2 s  K 3 s 2
(C) 2 (D) 2 
4
K2
(B) K1   K3 s
AA [GATE-IN-2009-IITR] s
(91) Let Gff (s) be a PD controller. If d(t) = sin2t,
K2
the amplitude of the frequency component of (C) K1 
s
y(t) due to d(t) is
5 9 (D) K 1s  K 2 s 2  K 3 s 3
(A) (B)
13 13
AB[ESE-EC-2016]
17 20 (96) A proportional controller with transfer
(C) (D)
13 13 function, K p is used with a first-order system
having its transfer function as
AD [GATE-IN-2014-IITKGP]
K
(92) Consider the control system shown in figure Gc ( s )  , in unity feedback structure.
with feed forward action for rejection of a (1  s)
measurable disturbance d(t). The value of K, For step inputs, an increase in K p will

www.targate.org Page 173

CONTROL SYSTEM
(A) Increase the time constant and decrease
the steady state error
(B) Decrease the time constant and decrease
the steady state error
(C) Decrease the time constant and increase
the steady state error
(D) Increase the time constant and increase
the steady state error
AA[ESE-EC-2000]
(97) PID control for a plant is shown in Figures I
and II.

Figure-I

Figure-II
Assertion (A) : Figure-II is preferred over
Figure-I as it avoids large changes in control
signal for a sudden change in reference input.
Reason (R) : Placement of P-D action in the
feedback path and larger values of K p and
Td can be chosen in Figure-II.
(A) Both A and R true and 'R' is the correct
explanation of 'A'
(B) Both A and R true and 'R' is NOT the
correct explanation of 'A'
(C) 'A' is true, 'R' is false
(D) 'A' is false, 'R' is true

-----000-----

Page 174 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 13 – CONTROLLER / COMPENSATORS

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
? A D A D C B B D B
11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
B C B C D A B D D D
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30.
D D D A C A A * B A
31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
D C B A B B A A D B
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50.
A A B D A @ A D B C
51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
B D A A A A B A C C
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70.
B B A A B A A C B C
71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
A D D B B C C B A C
81. 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. 89. 90.
A B C D B C D C B D
91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97.
A D A C B B A

28. 0.30 to 0.33

www.targate.org Page 175

 14
Modelling (Only GATE-EE)
AD [GATE-IN-2010-IITG]
Y (s)
Transfer Function ?
(1) Match list I & II and select the correct answer F ( s)
using the code given below the lists:
List I List II Y (s ) 1
(A)  2
A. Mass 1. Capacitor F (s) Ms  fs  K
B. Damper 2. Voltage
C. Spring 3. Resistor Y (s ) 1
D. Force 4. Inductor (B)  2
F (s) fs  Ms  K
Codes:
A B C D
(A) 2 1 3 4
Y (s ) s
(C)  2
(B) 4 1 3 2 F (s) Ms  fs  K
(C) 2 3 1 4
(D) 4 3 1 2
Y (s ) s2
AA (D) 
(2) The mechanical system is shown in the given
F (s) Ms2  fs  K
figure ANSWER : (A) [GATE-EC-2017-IITR]
(4) Which of the following can be the pole-zero
configuration of a phase-lag controller (lag
compensator)?

The system is described as

d 2 y (t ) dy(t )
(A) f (t )  M 2
B  Ky (t ) (A)
dt dt
d 2 y (t ) dy (t )
(B) f (t )   M 2
K  By (t )
dt dt
d 2 y (t ) dy (t )
(C)  f (t )  M 2
B  Ky (t )
dt dt
dy(t )
(D) f (t )  (M  B)  Ky(t )
dt (B)
AA
(3) The mechanical system is shown in the given
figure

(C)

Page 176 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)

 TOPIC 14 – MODELLING (ONLE GATE-EE)
 f (t )

(D) d 2 y2 (t ) dy (t )
(B) M  B 2  k[ y2 (t )  y1 (t )]
dt 2 dt
 f (t )

d 2 y1 (t ) dy (t )
(C) M 2
 B 1  k[ y1 (t )  y2 (t )]
AA dt dt
(5) The mechanical system is shown in the given  f (t )
figure
d 2 y2 (t ) dy (t )
(D) M 2
 B 2  k[ y1 (t )  y2 (t )]
dt dt
 f (t )

-----000-----

2
 
(A) f (t)  M1 g  M1 d y12(t)  B1 d y1(t)  d y2 (t) 
dt  dt dt 

K [ y1 (t )  y2 (t)]
d2 y1(t) d y (t)
(B) f (t)  M 2 g  M1 2
 B1  2 
dt  dt
d y1 (t ) 
 K [ y1 (t )  y2 (t )]
dt 
d2 y1(t) d y (t)
(C) f (t)  M 1 g  B1 2
 M1  1 
dt  dt
d y 2 (t ) 
 K [ y1 (t )  y 2 (t )]
dt 
d2 y2 (t)
(D) f (t) M1 g  M1 
dt2
 d y1 (t ) d y2 (t ) 
B1  
 dt dt 

AD[ESE-EE-2001]
(6) The mechanical system is shown in the given
figure

The system is described as :

d 2 y1 (t ) dy (t )
(A) M 2
 B 1  k[ y2 (t )  y1 (t )]
dt dt

www.targate.org Page 177

CONTROL SYSTEM

Answer :

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
D A A A A D

***** END *****

Page 178 TARGATE EDUCATION GATE-(EE/EC)